1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowTemplates && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 256 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 257 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 258 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 259 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 260 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 261 262 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 263 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 264 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 265 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 266 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 267 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 268 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 269 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 270 271 if (!LookupCtx) { 272 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 273 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 274 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 275 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 276 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 277 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 278 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 279 // 280 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 281 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 282 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 283 return nullptr; 284 285 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 286 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 287 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 288 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 289 290 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 291 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 292 II, NameLoc); 293 return ParsedType::make(T); 294 } 295 296 return nullptr; 297 } 298 299 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 300 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 301 return nullptr; 302 } 303 304 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 305 // lookup for class-names. 306 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 307 LookupOrdinaryName; 308 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 309 if (LookupCtx) { 310 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 311 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 312 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 313 // nested-name-specifier. 314 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 315 316 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 317 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 318 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 319 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 320 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 321 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 322 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 323 LookupName(Result, S); 324 } 325 } else { 326 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 327 LookupName(Result, S); 328 329 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 330 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 331 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 332 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 333 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 334 return TypeInBase; 335 } 336 } 337 338 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 339 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 340 case LookupResult::NotFound: 341 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 342 if (CorrectedII) { 343 TypoCorrection Correction = 344 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 345 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 346 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 347 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 348 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 349 TemplateTy Template; 350 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 351 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 352 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 353 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 354 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 355 if (SS && NNS) { 356 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 357 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 358 } 359 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 360 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 361 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 362 // is handled elsewhere). 363 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 364 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 365 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 366 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 367 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 368 IsCtorOrDtorName, 369 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 370 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 371 if (Ty) { 372 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 373 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 374 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 375 if (SS && NNS) 376 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 377 *CorrectedII = NewII; 378 return Ty; 379 } 380 } 381 } 382 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 383 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 384 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 385 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 386 return nullptr; 387 388 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 389 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 390 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 391 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 392 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 393 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 394 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 395 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 396 return nullptr; 397 } 398 399 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 400 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 401 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 402 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 403 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 404 if (!IIDecl || 405 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 406 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 407 IIDecl = *Res; 408 } 409 } 410 411 if (!IIDecl) { 412 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 413 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 414 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 415 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 416 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 417 // a type name. 418 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 419 return nullptr; 420 } 421 422 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 423 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 424 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 425 // perform the name lookup again. 426 break; 427 428 case LookupResult::Found: 429 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 430 break; 431 } 432 433 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 434 435 QualType T; 436 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 437 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 438 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 439 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 440 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 441 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 442 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 443 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 444 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 445 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 446 << &II << /*Type*/1; 447 448 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 449 450 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 451 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 452 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 453 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 454 if (!HasTrailingDot) 455 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 456 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 457 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 458 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 459 QualType(), false); 460 } 461 462 if (T.isNull()) { 463 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 464 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 465 return nullptr; 466 } 467 468 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 469 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 470 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 471 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 472 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 473 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 474 // Construct a type with type-source information. 475 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 476 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 477 478 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 479 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 480 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 481 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 482 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 483 } else { 484 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 485 } 486 } 487 488 return ParsedType::make(T); 489 } 490 491 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 492 static NestedNameSpecifier * 493 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 494 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 495 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 496 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 497 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 498 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 499 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 500 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 501 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 502 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 503 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 504 } 505 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 506 } 507 508 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 509 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 510 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 511 /// correctly rejects. 512 static const CXXRecordDecl * 513 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 514 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 515 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 516 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 517 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 518 return MD->getParent(); 519 } 520 return nullptr; 521 } 522 523 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 524 SourceLocation NameLoc, 525 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 526 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 527 528 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 529 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 530 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 531 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 532 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 533 // lookup is retried. 534 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 535 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 536 // name specifiers. 537 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 538 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 539 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 540 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 541 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 542 // instantiation time. 543 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 544 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 545 546 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 547 // template instantiation. 548 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 549 << RD; 550 } else { 551 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 552 return ParsedType(); 553 } 554 555 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 556 557 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 558 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 559 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 560 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 561 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 562 563 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 564 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 565 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 566 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 567 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 568 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 569 } 570 571 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 572 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 573 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 574 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 575 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 576 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 577 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 578 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 579 LookupName(R, S, false); 580 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 581 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 582 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 583 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 584 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 585 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 586 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 587 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 588 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 589 } 590 } 591 592 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 593 } 594 595 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 596 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 597 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 598 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 599 /// @code 600 /// template<class T> class A { 601 /// public: 602 /// typedef int TYPE; 603 /// }; 604 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 605 /// public: 606 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 607 /// }; 608 /// @endcode 609 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 610 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 611 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 612 return true; 613 614 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 615 616 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 617 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 618 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 619 return true; 620 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 621 } 622 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 623 } 624 625 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 626 SourceLocation IILoc, 627 Scope *S, 628 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 629 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 630 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 631 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 632 SuggestedType = nullptr; 633 634 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 635 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 636 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 637 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 638 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 639 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 640 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 641 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 642 // We corrected to a keyword. 643 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 644 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 645 } else { 646 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 647 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 648 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 649 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 650 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 651 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 652 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 653 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 654 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 655 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 656 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 657 } else { 658 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 659 } 660 661 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 662 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 663 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 664 SourceRange(IILoc)); 665 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 666 SuggestedType = 667 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 668 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 669 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 670 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 671 } 672 return; 673 } 674 675 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 676 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 677 UnqualifiedId Name; 678 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 679 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 680 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 681 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 682 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 683 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 684 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 685 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 686 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 687 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 688 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 689 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 690 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 691 } 692 return; 693 } 694 } 695 696 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 697 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 698 699 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 700 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 701 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 702 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 703 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 704 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 705 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 706 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 707 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 708 709 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 710 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 711 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 712 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 713 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 714 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 715 } else { 716 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 717 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 718 } 719 } 720 721 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 722 /// or 723 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 724 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 725 NextToken.is(tok::less); 726 727 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 728 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 729 return true; 730 731 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 732 return true; 733 } 734 735 return false; 736 } 737 738 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 739 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 740 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 741 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 742 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 743 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 744 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 745 StringRef FixItTagName; 746 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 747 case TTK_Class: 748 FixItTagName = "class "; 749 break; 750 751 case TTK_Enum: 752 FixItTagName = "enum "; 753 break; 754 755 case TTK_Struct: 756 FixItTagName = "struct "; 757 break; 758 759 case TTK_Interface: 760 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 761 break; 762 763 case TTK_Union: 764 FixItTagName = "union "; 765 break; 766 } 767 768 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 769 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 770 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 771 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 772 773 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 774 I != IEnd; ++I) 775 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 776 << Name << TagName; 777 778 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 779 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 780 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 781 return true; 782 } 783 784 return false; 785 } 786 787 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 788 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 789 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 790 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 791 792 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 793 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 794 795 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 796 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 797 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 798 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 799 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 800 } 801 802 Sema::NameClassification 803 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 804 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 805 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 806 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 807 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 808 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 809 810 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 811 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 812 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 813 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 814 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 815 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 816 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 817 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 818 // will reject it later. 819 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 820 } 821 822 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 823 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 824 825 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 826 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 827 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 828 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 829 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 830 return TypeInBase; 831 } 832 833 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 834 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 835 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 836 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 837 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 838 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 839 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 840 return E; 841 } 842 843 bool SecondTry = false; 844 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 845 846 Corrected: 847 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 848 case LookupResult::NotFound: 849 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 850 // call. 851 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 852 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 853 // FIXME: Reference? 854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 855 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 856 857 // C90 6.3.2.2: 858 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 859 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 860 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 861 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 862 // the function call, the declaration 863 // 864 // extern int identifier (); 865 // 866 // appeared. 867 // 868 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 869 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 870 Result.addDecl(D); 871 Result.resolveKind(); 872 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 873 } 874 } 875 876 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 877 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 878 // "struct", or "union". 879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 880 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 881 break; 882 } 883 884 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 885 // close to this name. 886 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 887 SecondTry = true; 888 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 889 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 890 &SS, std::move(CCC), 891 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 892 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 893 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 894 895 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 896 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 897 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 898 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 899 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 900 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 901 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 902 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 903 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 904 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 905 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 906 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 907 } 908 909 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 910 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 911 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 912 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 913 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 914 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 915 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 916 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 917 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 918 } 919 920 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 921 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 922 923 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 924 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 925 return Name; 926 927 // Also update the LookupResult... 928 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 929 Result.clear(); 930 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 931 if (FirstDecl) 932 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 933 934 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 935 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 936 // reference the ivar. 937 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 938 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 939 Result.clear(); 940 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 941 return E; 942 } 943 944 goto Corrected; 945 } 946 } 947 948 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 949 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 950 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 951 952 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 953 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 954 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 955 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 956 957 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 958 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 959 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 960 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 961 // qualified by the keyword typename. 962 // 963 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 964 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 965 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 966 // keyword here. 967 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 968 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 969 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 970 } 971 972 case LookupResult::Found: 973 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 974 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 975 break; 976 977 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 979 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 980 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 981 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 982 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 983 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 984 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 985 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 986 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 987 // ambiguous. 988 // 989 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 990 // so try again after filtering out template names. 991 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 992 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 993 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 994 break; 995 } 996 } 997 998 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 999 return NameClassification::Error(); 1000 } 1001 1002 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1003 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1004 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1005 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1006 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1007 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1008 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1009 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1010 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1011 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1012 1013 if (!Result.empty()) { 1014 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1015 bool IsVarTemplate; 1016 TemplateName Template; 1017 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1018 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1019 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1020 Result.end()); 1021 } else { 1022 TemplateDecl *TD 1023 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1024 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1025 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1026 1027 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1028 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1029 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1030 TD); 1031 else 1032 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1033 } 1034 1035 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1036 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1037 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1038 // to based on which function we selected. 1039 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1040 1041 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1042 } 1043 1044 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1045 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1046 } 1047 } 1048 1049 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1050 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1051 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1052 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1053 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1054 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1055 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1056 return ParsedType::make(T); 1057 } 1058 1059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1060 if (!Class) { 1061 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1062 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1063 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1064 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1065 } 1066 1067 if (Class) { 1068 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1069 1070 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1071 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1072 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1073 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1074 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1075 } 1076 1077 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1078 return ParsedType::make(T); 1079 } 1080 1081 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1082 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1083 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1084 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1085 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1086 1087 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1088 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1089 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1090 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1091 (NextIsOp && 1092 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1093 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1094 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1095 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1096 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1097 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1098 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1099 return ParsedType::make(T); 1100 } 1101 1102 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1103 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1104 nullptr, S); 1105 1106 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1107 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1108 } 1109 1110 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1111 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1112 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1113 if (!TD) 1114 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1115 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1116 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1117 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1118 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1119 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1120 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1121 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1122 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1123 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1124 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1125 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1126 } 1127 1128 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1129 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1130 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1131 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1132 1133 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1134 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1135 // the context we'll need to return to. 1136 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1137 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1138 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1139 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1140 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1141 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1142 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1143 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1144 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1145 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1146 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1147 1148 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1149 // lexical context. 1150 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1151 return DC; 1152 1153 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1154 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1155 // class is the context we need to return to. 1156 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1157 DC = RD; 1158 1159 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1160 // declared in. 1161 return DC; 1162 } 1163 1164 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1165 } 1166 1167 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1168 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1169 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1170 CurContext = DC; 1171 S->setEntity(DC); 1172 } 1173 1174 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1175 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1176 1177 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1182 Decl *D) { 1183 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1184 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1185 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1186 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1187 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1188 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1189 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1190 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1191 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1192 return Result; 1193 } 1194 1195 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1196 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1197 } 1198 1199 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1200 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1201 /// 1202 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1203 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1204 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1205 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1206 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1207 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1208 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1209 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1210 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1211 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1212 // namespace. 1213 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1214 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1215 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1216 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1217 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1218 1219 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1220 1221 #ifndef NDEBUG 1222 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1223 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1224 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1225 #endif 1226 1227 CurContext = DC; 1228 S->setEntity(DC); 1229 } 1230 1231 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1232 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1233 1234 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1235 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1236 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1237 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1238 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1239 1240 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1241 // disappear. 1242 } 1243 1244 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1245 // We assume that the caller has already called 1246 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1247 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1248 if (!FD) 1249 return; 1250 1251 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1252 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1253 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1254 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1255 CurContext = FD; 1256 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1257 1258 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1259 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1260 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1261 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1262 S->AddDecl(Param); 1263 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1264 } 1265 } 1266 } 1267 1268 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1269 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1270 // rather than the top-level class. 1271 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1272 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1273 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1274 } 1275 1276 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1277 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1278 /// 1279 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1280 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1281 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1282 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1283 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1284 /// attribute. 1285 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1286 ASTContext &Context) { 1287 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1288 return true; 1289 1290 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1291 return true; 1292 1293 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1294 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1295 } 1296 1297 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1298 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1299 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1300 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1301 // scope. 1302 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1303 S = S->getParent(); 1304 1305 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1306 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1307 // into any context. 1308 if (AddToContext) 1309 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1310 1311 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1312 // are function-local declarations. 1313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1314 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1315 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1316 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1317 return; 1318 1319 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1320 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1321 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1322 return; 1323 1324 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1325 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1326 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1327 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1328 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1329 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1330 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1331 1332 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1333 break; 1334 } 1335 } 1336 1337 S->AddDecl(D); 1338 1339 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1340 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1341 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1342 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1343 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1344 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1345 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1346 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1347 continue; 1348 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1349 break; 1350 } 1351 1352 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1353 } else { 1354 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1355 } 1356 } 1357 1358 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1359 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1360 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1361 } 1362 1363 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1364 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1365 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1366 } 1367 1368 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1369 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1370 do { 1371 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1372 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1373 return S; 1374 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1375 1376 return nullptr; 1377 } 1378 1379 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1380 DeclContext*, 1381 ASTContext&); 1382 1383 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1384 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1385 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1386 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1387 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1388 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1389 while (F.hasNext()) { 1390 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1391 1392 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1393 continue; 1394 1395 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1396 continue; 1397 1398 F.erase(); 1399 } 1400 1401 F.done(); 1402 } 1403 1404 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1405 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1406 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1407 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1408 } 1409 1410 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1411 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1412 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1413 while (F.hasNext()) 1414 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1415 F.erase(); 1416 1417 F.done(); 1418 } 1419 1420 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1421 /// @code 1422 /// class S { 1423 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1424 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1425 /// }; 1426 /// @endcode 1427 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1428 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1429 // the decl here. 1430 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1431 return false; 1432 1433 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1434 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1436 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1437 return false; 1438 } 1439 1440 // We need this to handle 1441 // 1442 // typedef struct { 1443 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1444 // } A; 1445 // 1446 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1447 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1448 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1449 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1450 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1451 // not. 1452 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1453 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1454 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1455 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1456 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1457 return true; 1458 } 1459 DC = DC->getParent(); 1460 } 1461 1462 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1463 } 1464 1465 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1466 // these semantics. 1467 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1468 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1469 return false; 1470 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1471 } 1472 1473 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1474 assert(D); 1475 1476 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1477 return false; 1478 1479 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1480 // of members of class templates. 1481 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1482 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1483 return false; 1484 1485 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1486 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1487 return false; 1488 1489 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1490 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1491 return false; 1492 } else { 1493 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1494 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1495 return false; 1496 } 1497 1498 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1499 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1500 return false; 1501 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1502 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1503 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1504 // like "inline".) 1505 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1506 return false; 1507 1508 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1509 return false; 1510 1511 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1512 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1513 return false; 1514 1515 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1516 return false; 1517 } else { 1518 return false; 1519 } 1520 1521 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1522 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1523 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1524 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1525 } 1526 1527 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1528 if (!D) 1529 return; 1530 1531 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1532 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1533 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1534 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1535 } 1536 1537 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1538 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1539 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1540 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1541 } 1542 1543 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1544 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1545 } 1546 1547 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1548 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1549 return false; 1550 1551 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1552 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1553 return false; 1554 1555 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1556 return true; 1557 1558 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1559 // functions. 1560 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1561 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1562 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1563 WithinFunction = 1564 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1565 if (!WithinFunction) 1566 return false; 1567 1568 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1569 return true; 1570 1571 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1572 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1573 return false; 1574 1575 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1576 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1577 1578 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1579 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1580 1581 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1582 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1583 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1584 return false; 1585 } 1586 1587 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1588 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1589 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1590 return false; 1591 1592 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1593 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1594 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1595 1596 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1597 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1598 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1599 return false; 1600 1601 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1602 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1603 return false; 1604 1605 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1606 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1607 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1608 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1609 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1610 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1611 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1612 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1613 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1614 return false; 1615 } 1616 } 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1621 } 1622 1623 return true; 1624 } 1625 1626 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1627 FixItHint &Hint) { 1628 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1629 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1630 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1631 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1632 return; 1633 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1634 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1635 } 1636 } 1637 1638 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1639 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1640 return; 1641 1642 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1643 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1644 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1645 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1646 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1647 } 1648 } 1649 1650 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1651 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1652 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1653 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1654 return; 1655 1656 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1657 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1658 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1659 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1660 return; 1661 } 1662 1663 FixItHint Hint; 1664 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1665 1666 unsigned DiagID; 1667 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1668 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1669 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1670 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1671 else 1672 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1673 1674 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1675 } 1676 1677 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1678 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1679 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1680 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1681 // MS inline assembly label name. 1682 bool Diagnose = false; 1683 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1684 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1685 else 1686 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1687 if (Diagnose) 1688 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1689 } 1690 1691 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1692 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1693 1694 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1695 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1696 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1697 1698 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1699 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1700 1701 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1702 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1703 1704 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1705 1706 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1707 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1708 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1709 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1710 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1711 } 1712 1713 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1714 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1715 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1716 1717 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1718 // already. 1719 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1720 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1721 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1722 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1723 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1724 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1725 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1726 } 1727 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1728 } 1729 } 1730 } 1731 1732 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1733 /// 1734 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1735 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1736 /// to the fixed name. 1737 /// 1738 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1739 /// 1740 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1741 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1742 /// 1743 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1744 /// class could not be found. 1745 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1746 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1747 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1748 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1749 // creation from this context. 1750 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1751 1752 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1753 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1754 // find an Objective-C class name. 1755 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1756 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1757 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1758 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1759 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1760 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1761 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1762 } 1763 } 1764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1765 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1766 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1767 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1768 return Def; 1769 } 1770 1771 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1772 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1773 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1774 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1775 /// ill-formed in C++: 1776 /// @code 1777 /// struct S6 { 1778 /// enum { BAR } e; 1779 /// }; 1780 /// 1781 /// void test_S6() { 1782 /// struct S6 a; 1783 /// a.e = BAR; 1784 /// } 1785 /// @endcode 1786 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1787 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1788 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1789 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1790 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1791 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1792 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1793 /// contain non-field names. 1794 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1795 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1796 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1797 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1798 S = S->getParent(); 1799 return S; 1800 } 1801 1802 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1803 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1804 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1805 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1806 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1807 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1808 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1809 return; 1810 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1811 1812 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1813 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1814 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1815 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1816 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1817 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1818 } 1819 1820 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1821 switch (Error) { 1822 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1823 return ""; 1824 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1825 return "stdio.h"; 1826 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1827 return "setjmp.h"; 1828 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1829 return "ucontext.h"; 1830 } 1831 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1832 } 1833 1834 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1835 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1836 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1837 /// built-in. 1838 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1839 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1840 SourceLocation Loc) { 1841 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1842 1843 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1844 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1845 if (Error) { 1846 if (ForRedeclaration) 1847 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1848 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1849 return nullptr; 1850 } 1851 1852 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1853 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1854 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1855 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1856 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1857 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1858 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1859 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1860 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1861 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1862 } 1863 1864 if (R.isNull()) 1865 return nullptr; 1866 1867 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1868 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1869 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1870 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1871 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1872 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1873 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1874 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1875 } 1876 1877 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1878 Parent, 1879 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1880 SC_Extern, 1881 false, 1882 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1883 New->setImplicit(); 1884 1885 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1886 // FunctionDecl. 1887 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1888 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1889 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1890 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1891 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1892 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1893 SC_None, nullptr); 1894 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1895 Params.push_back(parm); 1896 } 1897 New->setParams(Params); 1898 } 1899 1900 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1901 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1902 1903 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1904 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1905 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1906 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1907 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1908 CurContext = Parent; 1909 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1910 CurContext = SavedContext; 1911 return New; 1912 } 1913 1914 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1915 /// entity if their types are the same. 1916 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1917 /// isSameEntity. 1918 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1919 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1920 LookupResult &Previous) { 1921 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1922 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1923 return; 1924 1925 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1926 if (Previous.empty()) 1927 return; 1928 1929 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1930 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1931 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1932 1933 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1934 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1935 continue; 1936 1937 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1938 // different linkages. 1939 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1940 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1941 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1942 continue; 1943 1944 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1945 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1946 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1947 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1948 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1949 continue; 1950 } 1951 1952 Filter.erase(); 1953 } 1954 1955 Filter.done(); 1956 } 1957 1958 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1959 QualType OldType; 1960 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1961 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1962 else 1963 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1964 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1965 1966 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1967 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1968 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1969 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1970 << Kind << NewType; 1971 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1972 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1973 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1974 return true; 1975 } 1976 1977 if (OldType != NewType && 1978 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1979 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1980 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1981 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1983 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1984 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1985 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1986 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1987 return true; 1988 } 1989 return false; 1990 } 1991 1992 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1993 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1994 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1995 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1996 /// 1997 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1998 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1999 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2000 // merging checks. 2001 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2002 2003 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2004 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2005 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2006 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2007 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2008 default: break; 2009 case 2: 2010 { 2011 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2012 break; 2013 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2014 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2015 break; 2016 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2017 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2018 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2019 break; 2020 } 2021 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2022 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2023 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2024 return; 2025 } 2026 case 5: 2027 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2028 break; 2029 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2030 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2031 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2032 return; 2033 case 3: 2034 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2035 break; 2036 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2037 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2038 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2039 return; 2040 } 2041 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2042 } 2043 2044 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2045 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2046 if (!Old) { 2047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2048 << New->getDeclName(); 2049 2050 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2051 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2052 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2053 2054 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2055 } 2056 2057 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2058 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2059 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2060 2061 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2062 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2063 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2064 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2066 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2067 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2068 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2069 // instead of our tag. 2070 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2071 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2072 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2073 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2074 else 2075 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2076 2077 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2078 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2079 2080 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2081 // out of the scope. 2082 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2083 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2084 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2085 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2086 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2087 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2088 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2089 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2090 } 2091 } 2092 } 2093 } 2094 2095 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2096 // with any extensions enabled. 2097 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2098 return; 2099 2100 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2101 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2102 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2103 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2104 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2105 } 2106 2107 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2108 return; 2109 2110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2111 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2112 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2113 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2114 // to the type to which it already refers. 2115 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2116 return; 2117 2118 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2119 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2120 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2121 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2122 // 2123 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2124 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2125 // 2126 // struct S { 2127 // typedef struct A { } A; 2128 // }; 2129 // 2130 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2131 // allow the above but disallow 2132 // 2133 // struct S { 2134 // typedef int I; 2135 // typedef int I; 2136 // }; 2137 // 2138 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2139 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2140 return; 2141 2142 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2143 << New->getDeclName(); 2144 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2145 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2146 } 2147 2148 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2149 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2150 return; 2151 2152 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2153 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2154 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2155 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2156 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2157 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2158 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2159 return; 2160 2161 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2162 << New->getDeclName(); 2163 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2164 } 2165 2166 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2167 /// attribute. 2168 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2169 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2170 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2171 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2172 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2173 if (Ann) { 2174 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2175 return true; 2176 continue; 2177 } 2178 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2179 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2180 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2181 return true; 2182 } 2183 2184 return false; 2185 } 2186 2187 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2188 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2189 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2190 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2191 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2192 return true; 2193 } 2194 2195 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2196 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2197 /// 2198 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2199 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2200 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2201 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2202 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2203 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2204 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2205 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2206 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2207 // in a case like: 2208 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2209 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2210 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2211 // definition in such a case. 2212 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2213 return false; 2214 2215 if (I->isAlignas()) 2216 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2217 2218 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2219 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2220 OldAlign = Align; 2221 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2222 } 2223 } 2224 2225 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2226 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2227 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2228 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2229 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2230 return false; 2231 2232 if (I->isAlignas()) 2233 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2234 2235 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2236 if (Align > NewAlign) 2237 NewAlign = Align; 2238 } 2239 2240 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2241 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2242 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2243 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2244 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2245 2246 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2247 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2248 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2249 QualType Ty; 2250 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2251 Ty = VD->getType(); 2252 else 2253 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2254 2255 if (OldAlign == 0) 2256 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2257 if (NewAlign == 0) 2258 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2259 } 2260 2261 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2262 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2263 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2264 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2265 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2266 } 2267 } 2268 2269 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2270 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2271 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2272 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2273 // equivalent alignment. 2274 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2275 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2276 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2277 // have no alignment specifier. 2278 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2279 << OldAlignasAttr; 2280 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2281 << OldAlignasAttr; 2282 } 2283 2284 bool AnyAdded = false; 2285 2286 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2287 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2288 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2289 Clone->setInherited(true); 2290 New->addAttr(Clone); 2291 AnyAdded = true; 2292 } 2293 2294 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2295 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2296 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2297 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2298 Clone->setInherited(true); 2299 New->addAttr(Clone); 2300 AnyAdded = true; 2301 } 2302 2303 return AnyAdded; 2304 } 2305 2306 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2307 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2308 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2309 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2310 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2311 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2312 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2313 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2314 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2315 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2316 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2317 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2318 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2319 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2320 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2321 AA->getDeprecated(), 2322 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2323 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2324 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2325 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2326 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2327 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2328 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2329 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2330 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2331 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2332 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2333 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2334 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2335 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2336 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2337 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2338 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2339 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2340 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2341 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2342 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2343 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2344 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2345 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2346 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2347 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2348 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2349 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2350 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2351 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2352 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2353 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2354 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2355 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2356 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2357 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2358 return false; 2359 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2360 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2361 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2362 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2363 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2364 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2365 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2366 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2367 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2368 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2369 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2370 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2371 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2372 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2373 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2374 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2375 NewAttr = nullptr; 2376 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2377 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2378 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2379 NewAttr = nullptr; 2380 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2381 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2382 UA->getGuid()); 2383 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2384 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2385 2386 if (NewAttr) { 2387 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2388 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2389 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2390 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2391 return true; 2392 } 2393 2394 return false; 2395 } 2396 2397 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2398 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2399 return TD->getDefinition(); 2400 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2401 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2402 if (Def) 2403 return Def; 2404 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2405 } 2406 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2407 return FD->getDefinition(); 2408 return nullptr; 2409 } 2410 2411 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2412 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2413 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2414 return true; 2415 return false; 2416 } 2417 2418 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2419 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2420 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2421 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2422 return; 2423 2424 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2425 if (!Def || Def == New) 2426 return; 2427 2428 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2429 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2430 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2431 2432 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2433 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2434 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2435 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2436 2437 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2438 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2439 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2440 --E; 2441 continue; 2442 } 2443 } else { 2444 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2445 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2446 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2447 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2448 : diag::err_redefinition; 2449 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2450 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2451 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2452 } 2453 ++I; 2454 continue; 2455 } 2456 2457 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2458 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2459 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2460 ++I; 2461 continue; 2462 } 2463 } 2464 2465 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2466 ++I; 2467 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2468 } 2469 2470 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2471 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2472 ++I; 2473 continue; 2474 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2475 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2476 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2477 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2478 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2479 // equivalent alignment. 2480 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2481 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2482 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2483 // have no alignment specifier. 2484 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2485 << AA; 2486 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2487 << AA; 2488 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2489 --E; 2490 continue; 2491 } 2492 } 2493 2494 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2495 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2496 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2497 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2498 --E; 2499 } 2500 } 2501 2502 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2503 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2504 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2505 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2506 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2507 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2508 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2509 } 2510 2511 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2512 return; 2513 2514 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2515 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2516 2517 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2518 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2519 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2520 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2522 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2523 } 2524 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2525 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2526 // already been ODR-used. 2527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2528 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2529 } 2530 } 2531 2532 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2533 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2534 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2535 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2536 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2537 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2538 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2539 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2540 << NewTag; 2541 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2542 } 2543 } 2544 } else { 2545 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2546 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2547 } 2548 } 2549 2550 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2551 return; 2552 2553 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2554 2555 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2556 // we process them. 2557 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2558 2559 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2560 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2561 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2562 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2563 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2564 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2565 switch (AMK) { 2566 case AMK_None: 2567 continue; 2568 2569 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2570 case AMK_Override: 2571 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2572 LocalAMK = AMK; 2573 break; 2574 } 2575 } 2576 2577 // Already handled. 2578 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2579 continue; 2580 2581 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2582 foundAny = true; 2583 } 2584 2585 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2586 foundAny = true; 2587 2588 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2589 } 2590 2591 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2592 /// to the new one. 2593 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2594 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2595 Sema &S) { 2596 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2597 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2598 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2599 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2600 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2601 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2602 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2603 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2604 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2605 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2606 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2607 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2608 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2609 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2610 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2611 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2612 } 2613 2614 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2615 return; 2616 2617 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2618 2619 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2620 // done before we process them. 2621 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2622 2623 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2624 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2625 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2626 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2627 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2628 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2629 foundAny = true; 2630 } 2631 } 2632 2633 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2634 } 2635 2636 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2637 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2638 Sema &S) { 2639 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2640 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2641 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2642 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2643 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2644 *Newnullability, 2645 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2646 != 0)) 2647 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2648 *Oldnullability, 2649 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2650 != 0)); 2651 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2652 } 2653 } else { 2654 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2655 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2656 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2657 NewT, NewT); 2658 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2659 } 2660 } 2661 } 2662 2663 namespace { 2664 2665 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2666 /// C. 2667 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2668 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2669 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2670 QualType PromotedType; 2671 }; 2672 2673 } // end anonymous namespace 2674 2675 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2676 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2677 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2678 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2679 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2680 2681 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2682 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2683 2684 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2685 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2686 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2687 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2688 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2689 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2690 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2691 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2692 } 2693 2694 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2695 } 2696 2697 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2698 // declaration, or a declaration. 2699 template <typename T> 2700 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2701 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2702 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2703 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2704 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2705 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2706 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2707 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2708 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2709 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2710 } else 2711 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2712 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2713 } 2714 2715 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2716 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2717 /// GNU89 mode. 2718 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2719 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2720 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2721 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2722 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2723 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2724 } 2725 2726 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2727 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2728 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2729 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2730 return AT; 2731 } 2732 2733 template <typename T> 2734 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2735 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2736 if (DC->isRecord()) 2737 return false; 2738 2739 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2740 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2741 return true; 2742 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2743 return true; 2744 return false; 2745 } 2746 2747 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2748 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2749 2750 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2751 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2752 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2753 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2754 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2755 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2756 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2757 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2758 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2759 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2760 // and function templates; or 2761 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2762 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2763 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2764 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2765 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2766 2767 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2768 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2769 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2770 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2771 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2772 2773 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2774 if (Old && 2775 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2776 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2777 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2778 Old = nullptr; 2779 2780 if (!Old) { 2781 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2782 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2783 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2784 return true; 2785 } 2786 return false; 2787 } 2788 2789 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2790 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2791 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2792 2793 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2794 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2795 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2796 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2797 return true; 2798 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2799 }; 2800 2801 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2802 } 2803 2804 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2805 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2806 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2807 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2808 /// 2809 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2810 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2811 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2812 /// merged with. 2813 /// 2814 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2815 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2816 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2817 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2818 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2819 if (!Old) { 2820 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2821 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2823 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2824 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2825 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2826 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2827 return true; 2828 } 2829 2830 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2831 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2832 return true; 2833 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2834 } else { 2835 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2836 << New->getDeclName(); 2837 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2838 return true; 2839 } 2840 } 2841 2842 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2843 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2844 return true; 2845 2846 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2847 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2848 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2849 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2850 2851 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2852 // is an extern inline function. 2853 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2854 // storage classes. 2855 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2856 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2857 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2858 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2859 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2860 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2861 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2862 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2863 } else { 2864 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2865 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2866 return true; 2867 } 2868 } 2869 2870 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2871 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2873 << New->getDeclName(); 2874 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2875 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2876 } 2877 2878 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2879 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2880 // convention of the first. 2881 // 2882 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2883 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2884 // 2885 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2886 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2887 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2888 // 2889 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2890 // other tests to run. 2891 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2892 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2893 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2894 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2895 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2896 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2897 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2898 2899 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2900 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2901 const FunctionType *FT = 2902 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2903 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2904 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2905 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2906 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2907 // there but not here. 2908 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2909 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2910 } else { 2911 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2912 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2913 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2914 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2915 << !FirstCCExplicit 2916 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2917 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2918 2919 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2920 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2921 return true; 2922 } 2923 } 2924 2925 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2926 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2927 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2928 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2929 } 2930 2931 // Merge regparm attribute. 2932 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2933 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2934 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2935 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2936 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2937 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2938 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2939 return true; 2940 } 2941 2942 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2943 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2944 } 2945 2946 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2947 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2948 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2949 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2950 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2951 return true; 2952 } 2953 2954 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2955 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2956 } 2957 2958 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2959 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2960 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2961 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2962 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2963 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2964 } 2965 2966 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2967 // UndefinedButUsed. 2968 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2969 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2970 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2971 Old->isUsed(false) && 2972 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2973 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2974 SourceLocation())); 2975 2976 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2977 // about it. 2978 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2979 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2980 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2981 } 2982 2983 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2984 // redeclaration. 2985 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2986 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2988 << New->getDeclName(); 2989 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2990 return true; 2991 } 2992 2993 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2994 // C++1z [over.load]p2 2995 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2996 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 2997 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 2998 2999 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3000 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3001 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3002 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3003 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3004 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3005 return true; 3006 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3007 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3008 3009 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3010 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3011 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3012 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3013 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3014 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3015 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3016 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3017 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3018 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3019 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3020 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3021 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3022 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3023 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3024 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3025 QualType ResQT; 3026 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3027 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3028 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3029 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3030 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3031 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3032 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3033 else 3034 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3035 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3036 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3037 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3038 return true; 3039 } 3040 else 3041 NewQType = ResQT; 3042 } 3043 3044 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3045 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3046 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3047 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3048 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3049 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3050 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3051 New->setType( 3052 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3053 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3054 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3055 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3056 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3057 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3058 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3059 } 3060 } 3061 3062 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3063 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3064 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3065 // Preserve triviality. 3066 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3067 3068 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3069 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3070 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3071 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3072 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3073 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3074 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3075 3076 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3077 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3078 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3079 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3080 // is a static member function declaration. 3081 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3083 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3084 return true; 3085 } 3086 3087 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3088 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3089 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3090 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3091 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3092 unsigned NewDiag; 3093 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3094 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3095 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3096 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3097 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3098 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3099 else 3100 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3101 3102 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3103 } else { 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3105 << New << New->getType(); 3106 } 3107 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3108 return true; 3109 3110 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3111 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3112 // 3113 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3114 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3115 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3116 if (isFriend) { 3117 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3118 } else { 3119 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3120 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3121 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3122 return true; 3123 } 3124 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3125 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3126 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3127 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3128 return true; 3129 } 3130 } 3131 3132 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3133 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3134 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3135 // attribute. 3136 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3137 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3138 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3139 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3140 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3141 } 3142 3143 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3144 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3145 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3146 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3147 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3148 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3149 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3150 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3151 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3152 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3153 } 3154 3155 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3156 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3157 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3158 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3159 3160 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3161 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3162 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3163 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3164 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3165 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3166 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3167 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3168 } 3169 3170 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3171 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3172 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3173 // 3174 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3175 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3176 // linkage within class scope. 3177 // 3178 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3179 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3180 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3181 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3182 } else { 3183 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3184 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3185 return true; 3186 } 3187 } 3188 3189 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3190 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3191 3192 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3193 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3194 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3195 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3196 // when we instantiate the function. 3197 return false; 3198 } 3199 3200 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3201 } 3202 3203 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3204 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3205 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3206 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3207 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3208 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3209 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3210 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3211 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3212 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3213 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3214 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3215 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3216 NewQType = 3217 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3218 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3219 New->setType(NewQType); 3220 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3221 3222 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3223 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3224 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3225 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3226 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3227 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3228 SC_None, nullptr); 3229 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3230 Param->setImplicit(); 3231 Params.push_back(Param); 3232 } 3233 3234 New->setParams(Params); 3235 } 3236 3237 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3238 } 3239 3240 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3241 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3242 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3243 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3244 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3245 // the prototype. 3246 // 3247 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3248 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3249 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3250 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3251 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3252 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3253 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3254 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3255 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3256 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3257 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3258 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3259 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3260 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3261 3262 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3263 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3264 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3265 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3266 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3267 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3268 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3269 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3270 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3271 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3272 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3273 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3274 NewParm->getType(), 3275 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3276 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3277 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3278 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3279 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3280 } else 3281 LooseCompatible = false; 3282 } 3283 3284 if (LooseCompatible) { 3285 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3286 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3287 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3288 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3289 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3290 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3291 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3292 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3293 } 3294 3295 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3296 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3297 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3298 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3299 } 3300 3301 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3302 } 3303 3304 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3305 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3306 3307 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3308 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3309 unsigned BuiltinID; 3310 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3311 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3312 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3313 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3314 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3315 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3316 << Old << Old->getType(); 3317 3318 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3319 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3320 // 3321 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3322 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3323 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3324 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3325 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3326 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3327 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3328 3329 return false; 3330 } 3331 3332 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3333 } 3334 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3336 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3337 return true; 3338 } 3339 3340 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3341 /// known to be compatible. 3342 /// 3343 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3344 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3345 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3346 /// redeclaration of Old. 3347 /// 3348 /// \returns false 3349 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3350 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3351 // Merge the attributes 3352 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3353 3354 // Merge "pure" flag. 3355 if (Old->isPure()) 3356 New->setPure(); 3357 3358 // Merge "used" flag. 3359 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3360 New->setIsUsed(); 3361 3362 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3363 // declarations. 3364 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3365 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3366 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3367 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3368 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3369 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3370 } 3371 3372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3373 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3374 3375 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3376 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3377 // was visible. 3378 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3379 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3380 New->setType(Merged); 3381 3382 return false; 3383 } 3384 3385 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3386 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3387 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3388 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3389 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3390 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3391 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3392 : AMK_Override; 3393 3394 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3395 3396 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3397 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3398 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3399 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3400 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3401 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3402 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3403 3404 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3405 } 3406 3407 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3408 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3409 3410 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3411 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3412 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3413 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3414 3415 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3416 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3417 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3418 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3419 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3420 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3421 } 3422 3423 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3424 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3425 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3426 /// 3427 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3428 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3429 /// is attached. 3430 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3431 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3432 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3433 return; 3434 3435 QualType MergedT; 3436 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3437 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3438 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3439 return; 3440 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3441 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3442 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3443 } 3444 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3445 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3446 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3447 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3448 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3449 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3450 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3451 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3452 3453 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3454 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3455 // mismatch. 3456 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3457 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3458 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3459 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3460 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3461 continue; 3462 3463 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3464 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3465 } 3466 } 3467 3468 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3469 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3470 NewArray->getElementType())) 3471 MergedT = New->getType(); 3472 } 3473 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3474 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3475 // visible. 3476 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3477 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3478 NewArray->getElementType())) 3479 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3480 } 3481 } 3482 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3483 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3484 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3485 Old->getType()); 3486 } 3487 } else { 3488 // C 6.2.7p2: 3489 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3490 // compatible type. 3491 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3492 } 3493 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3494 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3495 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3496 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3497 // equivalent. 3498 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3499 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3500 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3501 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3502 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3503 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3504 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3505 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3506 return; 3507 } 3508 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3509 } 3510 3511 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3512 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3513 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3514 New->setType(MergedT); 3515 } 3516 3517 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3518 LookupResult &Previous) { 3519 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3520 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3521 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3522 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3523 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3524 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3525 // 3526 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3527 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3528 return false; 3529 3530 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3531 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3532 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3533 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3534 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3535 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3536 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3537 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3538 } else { 3539 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3540 // type unless we're in the same function. 3541 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3542 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3543 } 3544 } 3545 3546 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3547 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3548 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3549 /// 3550 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3551 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3552 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3553 /// 3554 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3555 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3556 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3557 return; 3558 3559 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3560 return; 3561 3562 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3563 3564 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3565 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3566 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3567 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3568 if (NewTemplate) { 3569 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3570 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3571 3572 if (auto *Shadow = 3573 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3574 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3575 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3576 } else { 3577 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3578 3579 if (auto *Shadow = 3580 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3581 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3582 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3583 } 3584 } 3585 if (!Old) { 3586 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3587 << New->getDeclName(); 3588 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3589 diag::note_previous_definition); 3590 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3591 } 3592 3593 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3594 if (NewTemplate && 3595 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3596 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3597 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3598 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3599 3600 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3601 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3602 // 3603 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3604 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3606 << New->getIdentifier(); 3607 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3608 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3609 } 3610 3611 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3612 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3613 // declaration 3614 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3615 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3616 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3618 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3619 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3620 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3621 } 3622 3623 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3624 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3625 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3626 << New->getDeclName(); 3627 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3628 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3629 } 3630 3631 // Merge the types. 3632 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3633 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3634 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3635 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3636 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3637 return; 3638 } 3639 3640 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3641 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3642 return; 3643 3644 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3645 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3646 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3647 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3648 3649 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3650 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3651 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3652 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3653 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3654 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3655 << New->getDeclName(); 3656 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3657 } else { 3658 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3659 << New->getDeclName(); 3660 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3661 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3662 } 3663 } 3664 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3665 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3666 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3667 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3668 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3669 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3670 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3671 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3672 // identifier has external linkage. 3673 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3674 /* Okay */; 3675 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3676 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3677 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3679 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3680 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 } 3682 3683 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3684 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3685 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3686 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3687 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3688 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3689 } 3690 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3691 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3693 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3694 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3695 } 3696 3697 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3698 3699 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3700 // need to check for mismatches. 3701 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3702 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3703 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3704 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3705 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3706 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3707 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3708 } 3709 3710 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3711 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3712 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3713 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3714 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3716 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3717 } 3718 } 3719 3720 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3721 // UndefinedButUsed. 3722 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3723 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3724 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3725 SourceLocation())); 3726 3727 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3728 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3729 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3730 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3731 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3732 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3733 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3734 } else { 3735 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3736 // static and dynamic initialization. 3737 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3738 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3739 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3740 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3741 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3742 } 3743 } 3744 3745 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3747 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3748 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3749 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3750 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3751 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3752 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3753 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3754 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3755 return; 3756 } 3757 } 3758 3759 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3761 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3762 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3763 return; 3764 } 3765 3766 // Merge "used" flag. 3767 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3768 New->setIsUsed(); 3769 3770 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3771 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3772 if (NewTemplate) 3773 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3774 3775 // Inherit access appropriately. 3776 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3777 if (NewTemplate) 3778 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3779 3780 if (Old->isInline()) 3781 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3782 } 3783 3784 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3785 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3786 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3787 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3788 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3789 New->isInline() || 3790 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3791 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3792 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3793 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3794 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3795 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3796 3797 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3798 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3799 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3800 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3801 return false; 3802 } else { 3803 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3804 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3805 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3806 return true; 3807 } 3808 } 3809 3810 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3811 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3812 Decl * 3813 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3814 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3815 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3816 AnonRecord); 3817 } 3818 3819 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3820 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3821 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3822 // compatibility. 3823 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3824 // targeted. 3825 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3826 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3827 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3828 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3829 } 3830 3831 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3832 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3833 return; 3834 3835 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3836 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3837 // it is anonymous. 3838 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3839 return; 3840 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3841 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3842 Context.setManglingNumber( 3843 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3844 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3845 return; 3846 } 3847 3848 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3849 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3850 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3851 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3852 Context.setManglingNumber( 3853 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3854 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3855 } 3856 } 3857 3858 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3859 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3860 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3861 return; 3862 3863 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3864 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3865 return; 3866 3867 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3868 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3869 3870 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3871 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3872 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3873 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3874 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3875 return; 3876 } 3877 3878 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3879 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3880 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3881 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3882 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3883 // for how to handle it. 3884 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3885 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3886 3887 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3888 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3889 3890 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3891 textToInsert += ' '; 3892 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3893 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3894 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3895 return; 3896 } 3897 3898 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3899 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3900 } 3901 3902 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3903 switch (T) { 3904 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3905 return 0; 3906 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3907 return 1; 3908 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3909 return 2; 3910 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3911 return 3; 3912 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3913 return 4; 3914 default: 3915 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3916 } 3917 } 3918 3919 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3920 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3921 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3922 Decl * 3923 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3924 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3925 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3926 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3927 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3928 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3929 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3930 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3931 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3932 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3933 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3934 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3935 3936 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3937 return nullptr; 3938 3939 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3940 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3941 // it's a Type. 3942 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3943 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3944 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3945 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3946 } 3947 3948 if (Tag) { 3949 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3950 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3951 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3952 return Tag; 3953 } 3954 3955 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3956 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3957 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3958 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3959 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3960 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3961 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3962 } 3963 3964 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3965 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3966 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3967 3968 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3969 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3970 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3971 if (Tag) 3972 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3973 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3974 else 3975 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3976 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3977 return TagD; 3978 } 3979 3980 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3981 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3982 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3983 // its initializer. 3984 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3985 return TagD; 3986 } 3987 3988 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3989 3990 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3991 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3992 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3993 if (TagD && !Tag) 3994 return nullptr; 3995 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3996 } 3997 3998 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3999 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4000 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4001 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4002 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4003 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4004 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4005 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4006 // or an explicit specialization. 4007 // 4008 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4009 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4010 // 4011 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4012 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4013 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4014 return nullptr; 4015 } 4016 4017 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4018 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4019 4020 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4021 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4022 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4023 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4024 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4025 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4026 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4027 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4028 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4029 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4030 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4031 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4032 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4033 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4034 AnonRecord = Record; 4035 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4036 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4037 } 4038 4039 DeclaresAnything = false; 4040 } 4041 } 4042 4043 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4044 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4045 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4046 // 4047 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4048 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4049 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4050 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4051 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4052 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4053 // struct STRUCT; 4054 // union UNION; 4055 // and 4056 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4057 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4058 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4059 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4060 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4061 if (Tag) 4062 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4063 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4064 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4065 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4066 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4067 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4068 4069 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4070 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4071 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4072 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4073 } 4074 4075 DeclaresAnything = false; 4076 } 4077 } 4078 4079 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4080 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4081 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4082 return TagD; 4083 4084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4085 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4086 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4087 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4088 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4089 DeclaresAnything = false; 4090 4091 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4092 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4093 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4094 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4095 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4096 else 4097 DeclaresAnything = false; 4098 } 4099 4100 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4101 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4102 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4103 << Tag->getTagKind() 4104 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4105 4106 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4107 4108 // C 6.7/2: 4109 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4110 // or the members of an enumeration. 4111 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4112 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4113 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4114 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4115 // previous declaration. 4116 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4117 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4118 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4119 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4120 return TagD; 4121 } 4122 4123 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4124 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4125 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4126 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4127 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4128 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4129 // 4130 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4131 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4133 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4134 4135 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4136 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4137 // useless. 4138 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4139 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4140 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4141 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4142 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4143 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4144 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4145 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4146 } 4147 4148 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4149 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4150 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4151 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4152 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4153 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4154 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4155 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4156 // Restrict is covered above. 4157 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4158 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4159 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4160 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4161 } 4162 4163 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4164 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4165 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4166 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4167 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4168 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4169 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4170 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4171 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4172 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4173 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4174 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4175 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4176 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4177 } 4178 } 4179 4180 return TagD; 4181 } 4182 4183 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4184 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4185 /// 4186 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4187 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4188 Scope *S, 4189 DeclContext *Owner, 4190 DeclarationName Name, 4191 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4192 bool IsUnion) { 4193 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4194 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4195 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4196 4197 // Pick a representative declaration. 4198 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4199 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4200 4201 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4202 return false; 4203 4204 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4205 << IsUnion << Name; 4206 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4207 4208 return true; 4209 } 4210 4211 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4212 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4213 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4214 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4215 /// struct, e.g., 4216 /// 4217 /// @code 4218 /// union { 4219 /// int i; 4220 /// float f; 4221 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4222 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4223 /// @endcode 4224 /// 4225 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4226 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4227 static bool 4228 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4229 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4230 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4231 bool Invalid = false; 4232 4233 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4234 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4235 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4236 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4237 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4238 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4239 VD->getLocation(), 4240 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4241 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4242 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4243 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4244 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4245 Invalid = true; 4246 } else { 4247 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4248 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4249 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4250 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4251 // anonymous union is declared. 4252 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4253 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4254 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4255 else 4256 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4257 4258 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4259 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4260 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4261 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4262 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4263 4264 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4265 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4266 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4267 4268 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4269 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4270 4271 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4272 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4273 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4274 4275 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4276 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4277 4278 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4279 } 4280 } 4281 } 4282 4283 return Invalid; 4284 } 4285 4286 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4287 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4288 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4289 static StorageClass 4290 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4291 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4292 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4293 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4294 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4295 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4296 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4297 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4298 return SC_None; 4299 return SC_Extern; 4300 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4301 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4302 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4303 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4304 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4305 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4306 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4307 } 4308 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4309 } 4310 4311 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4312 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4313 4314 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4315 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4316 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4317 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4318 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4319 return FD->getLocation(); 4320 } 4321 4322 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4323 } 4324 4325 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4326 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4327 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4328 return; 4329 4330 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4331 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4332 } 4333 4334 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4335 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4336 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4337 return; 4338 4339 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4340 } 4341 4342 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4343 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4344 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4345 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4346 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4347 AccessSpecifier AS, 4348 RecordDecl *Record, 4349 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4350 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4351 4352 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4353 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4354 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4355 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4356 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4357 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4358 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4359 4360 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4361 // structs/unions. 4362 bool Invalid = false; 4363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4364 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4365 unsigned DiagID; 4366 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4367 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4368 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4369 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4370 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4371 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4372 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4373 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4374 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4375 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4376 4377 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4378 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4379 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4380 } 4381 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4382 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4383 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4384 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4385 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4386 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4387 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4388 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4389 4390 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4391 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4392 SourceLocation(), 4393 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4394 } 4395 } 4396 4397 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4398 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4399 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4400 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4401 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4402 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4403 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4404 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4405 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4406 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4407 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4408 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4409 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4410 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4411 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4412 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4413 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4414 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4415 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4416 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4418 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4419 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4420 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4421 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4422 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4423 4424 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4425 } 4426 4427 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4428 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4429 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4430 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4431 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4432 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4433 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4434 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4435 // members (clause 11). 4436 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4437 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4438 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4439 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4440 Invalid = true; 4441 } 4442 4443 // C++ [class.union]p1 4444 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4445 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4446 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4447 // array of such objects. 4448 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4449 Invalid = true; 4450 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4451 // Any implicit members are fine. 4452 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4453 // This is a type that showed up in an 4454 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4455 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4456 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4457 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4458 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4459 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4460 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4461 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4462 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4463 << Record->isUnion(); 4464 else { 4465 // This is a nested type declaration. 4466 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4467 << Record->isUnion(); 4468 Invalid = true; 4469 } 4470 } else { 4471 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4472 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4473 // not part of standard C++. 4474 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4475 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4476 << Record->isUnion(); 4477 } 4478 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4479 // Any access specifier is fine. 4480 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4481 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4482 } else { 4483 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4484 // member. Complain about it. 4485 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4486 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4487 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4488 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4489 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4490 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4491 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4492 4493 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4494 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4495 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4496 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4497 << Record->isUnion(); 4498 else { 4499 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4500 Invalid = true; 4501 } 4502 } 4503 } 4504 4505 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4506 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4507 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4508 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4509 Owner->isRecord()) 4510 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4511 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4512 } 4513 4514 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4515 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4516 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4517 Invalid = true; 4518 } 4519 4520 // Mock up a declarator. 4521 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4522 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4523 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4524 4525 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4526 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4527 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4528 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4529 DS.getLocStart(), 4530 Record->getLocation(), 4531 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4532 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4533 TInfo, 4534 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4535 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4536 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4538 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4539 } else { 4540 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4541 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4542 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4543 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4544 // an error here 4545 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4546 Invalid = true; 4547 SC = SC_None; 4548 } 4549 4550 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4551 DS.getLocStart(), 4552 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4553 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4554 TInfo, SC); 4555 4556 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4557 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4558 // initializer: 4559 // union { int n = 0; }; 4560 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4561 } 4562 Anon->setImplicit(); 4563 4564 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4565 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4566 4567 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4568 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4569 // its members. 4570 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4571 4572 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4573 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4574 // purposes. 4575 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4576 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4577 4578 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4579 Invalid = true; 4580 4581 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4583 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4584 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4585 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4586 Context.setManglingNumber( 4587 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4588 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4589 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4590 } 4591 } 4592 } 4593 4594 if (Invalid) 4595 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4596 4597 return Anon; 4598 } 4599 4600 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4601 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4602 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4603 /// Example: 4604 /// 4605 /// struct A { int a; }; 4606 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4607 /// 4608 /// void foo() { 4609 /// B var; 4610 /// var.a = 3; 4611 /// } 4612 /// 4613 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4614 RecordDecl *Record) { 4615 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4616 4617 // Mock up a declarator. 4618 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4619 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4620 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4621 4622 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4623 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4624 4625 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4626 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4627 ParentDecl, 4628 DS.getLocStart(), 4629 DS.getLocStart(), 4630 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4631 RecTy, 4632 TInfo, 4633 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4634 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4635 Anon->setImplicit(); 4636 4637 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4638 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4639 4640 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4641 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4642 // purposes. 4643 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4644 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4645 4646 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4647 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4648 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4649 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4650 AS_none, Chain)) { 4651 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4652 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4653 } 4654 4655 return Anon; 4656 } 4657 4658 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4659 /// given Declarator. 4660 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4661 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4662 } 4663 4664 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4665 DeclarationNameInfo 4666 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4667 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4668 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4669 4670 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4671 4672 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4673 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4674 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4675 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4676 return NameInfo; 4677 4678 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4679 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4680 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4681 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4682 // of the simple-template-id. 4683 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4684 // class template. 4685 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4686 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4687 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4688 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4689 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4690 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4691 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4692 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4693 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4694 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4695 if (Template) 4696 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4697 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4698 } 4699 4700 NameInfo.setName( 4701 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4702 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4703 return NameInfo; 4704 } 4705 4706 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4707 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4708 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4709 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4710 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4711 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4712 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4713 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4714 return NameInfo; 4715 4716 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4717 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4718 Name.Identifier)); 4719 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4720 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4721 return NameInfo; 4722 4723 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4724 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4725 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4726 if (Ty.isNull()) 4727 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4728 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4729 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4730 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4731 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4732 return NameInfo; 4733 } 4734 4735 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4736 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4737 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4738 if (Ty.isNull()) 4739 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4740 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4741 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4742 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4743 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4744 return NameInfo; 4745 } 4746 4747 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4748 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4749 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4750 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4751 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4752 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4753 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4754 4755 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4756 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4757 4758 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4759 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4760 // was qualified. 4761 4762 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4763 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4764 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4765 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4766 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4767 return NameInfo; 4768 } 4769 4770 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4771 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4772 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4773 if (Ty.isNull()) 4774 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4775 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4776 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4777 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4778 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4779 return NameInfo; 4780 } 4781 4782 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4783 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4784 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4785 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4786 } 4787 4788 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4789 4790 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4791 } 4792 4793 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4794 do { 4795 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4796 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4797 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4798 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4799 else 4800 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4801 } while (true); 4802 } 4803 4804 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4805 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4806 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4807 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4808 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4809 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4810 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4811 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4812 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4813 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4814 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4815 Params.clear(); 4816 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4817 return false; 4818 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4819 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4820 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4821 4822 // The parameter types are identical 4823 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4824 continue; 4825 4826 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4827 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4828 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4829 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4830 4831 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4832 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4833 Params.push_back(Idx); 4834 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4835 return false; 4836 } 4837 4838 return true; 4839 } 4840 4841 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4842 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4843 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4844 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4845 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4846 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4847 DeclarationName Name) { 4848 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4849 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4850 // - types which will become injected class names 4851 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4852 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4853 // few cases here. 4854 4855 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4856 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4857 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4858 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4859 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4860 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4861 // Grab the type from the parser. 4862 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4863 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4864 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4865 4866 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4867 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4868 // attached already. 4869 if (!TSI) 4870 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4871 4872 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4873 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4874 if (!TSI) return true; 4875 4876 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4877 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4878 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4879 break; 4880 } 4881 4882 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4883 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4884 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4885 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4886 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4887 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4888 break; 4889 } 4890 4891 default: 4892 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4893 break; 4894 } 4895 4896 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4897 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4898 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4899 4900 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4901 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4902 // pointer. 4903 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4904 continue; 4905 4906 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4907 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4908 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4909 return true; 4910 } 4911 4912 return false; 4913 } 4914 4915 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4916 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4917 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4918 4919 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4920 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4921 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4922 4923 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 4924 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 4925 4926 return Dcl; 4927 } 4928 4929 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4930 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4931 /// name different from T: 4932 /// - every static data member of class T; 4933 /// - every member function of class T 4934 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4935 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4936 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4937 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4938 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4939 4940 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4941 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4942 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4943 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4944 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4945 return true; 4946 } 4947 4948 return false; 4949 } 4950 4951 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4952 /// nested-name-specifier. 4953 /// 4954 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4955 /// 4956 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4957 /// resolves. 4958 /// 4959 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4960 /// 4961 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4962 /// 4963 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4964 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4965 DeclarationName Name, 4966 SourceLocation Loc) { 4967 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4968 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4969 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4970 4971 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4972 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4973 // 4974 // class X { 4975 // void X::f(); 4976 // }; 4977 // 4978 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4979 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4980 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4981 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4982 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4983 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4984 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4985 SS.clear(); 4986 } else { 4987 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4988 } 4989 return false; 4990 } 4991 4992 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4993 // declaration. 4994 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4995 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4996 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4997 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4998 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4999 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5000 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5001 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5002 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5003 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5004 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5006 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5007 else 5008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5009 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5010 5011 return true; 5012 } 5013 5014 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5015 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5016 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5017 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5018 SS.clear(); 5019 5020 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5021 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5022 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5023 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5024 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5025 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5026 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5027 return true; 5028 5029 return false; 5030 } 5031 5032 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5033 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5034 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5035 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5036 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5037 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5038 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5039 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5041 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5042 5043 return false; 5044 } 5045 5046 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5047 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5048 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5049 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5050 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5051 5052 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5053 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5054 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5055 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5056 } else if (!Name) { 5057 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5058 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5059 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5060 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5061 return nullptr; 5062 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5063 return nullptr; 5064 5065 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5066 // we find one that is. 5067 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5068 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5069 S = S->getParent(); 5070 5071 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5072 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5073 D.setInvalidType(); 5074 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5075 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5076 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5077 return nullptr; 5078 5079 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5080 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5081 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5082 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5083 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5084 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5085 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5086 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5087 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5088 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5089 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5090 return nullptr; 5091 } 5092 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5093 5094 if (!IsDependentContext && 5095 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5096 return nullptr; 5097 5098 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5099 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5100 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5101 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5102 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5103 return nullptr; 5104 } 5105 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5106 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5107 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5108 if (DC->isRecord()) 5109 return nullptr; 5110 5111 D.setInvalidType(); 5112 } 5113 } 5114 5115 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5116 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5117 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5118 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5119 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5120 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5121 D.setInvalidType(); 5122 } 5123 } 5124 5125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5126 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5127 5128 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5129 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5130 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5131 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5132 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5133 return nullptr; 5134 5135 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5136 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5137 D.setInvalidType(); 5138 5139 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5140 ForRedeclaration); 5141 5142 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5143 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5144 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5145 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5146 5147 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5148 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5149 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5150 // 5151 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5152 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5153 // the same name. 5154 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5155 /* Do nothing*/; 5156 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5157 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5158 R->isFunctionType())) { 5159 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5160 CreateBuiltins = 5161 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5162 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5163 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5164 CreateBuiltins = true; 5165 5166 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5167 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5168 5169 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5170 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5171 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5172 5173 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5174 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5175 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5176 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5177 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5178 // thereof; [...] 5179 // 5180 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5181 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5182 // we want to match. For example, given: 5183 // 5184 // class X { 5185 // void f(); 5186 // void f(float); 5187 // }; 5188 // 5189 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5190 // 5191 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5192 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5193 // matches. 5194 5195 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5196 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5197 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5198 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5199 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5200 } 5201 5202 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5203 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5204 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5205 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5206 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5207 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5208 5209 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5210 Previous.clear(); 5211 } 5212 5213 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5214 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5215 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5216 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5217 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5218 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5219 Previous.clear(); 5220 5221 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5222 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5224 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5225 5226 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5227 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5228 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5229 // template, declared in namespace scope 5230 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5231 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5232 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5233 return nullptr; 5234 } 5235 5236 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5237 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5238 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5239 return nullptr; 5240 } 5241 } 5242 5243 NamedDecl *New; 5244 5245 bool AddToScope = true; 5246 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5247 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5248 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5249 return nullptr; 5250 } 5251 5252 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5253 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5254 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5255 TemplateParamLists, 5256 AddToScope); 5257 } else { 5258 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5259 AddToScope); 5260 } 5261 5262 if (!New) 5263 return nullptr; 5264 5265 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5266 // add it to the scope stack. 5267 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5268 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5269 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5270 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5271 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5272 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5273 if (!AddToContext) 5274 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5275 } 5276 5277 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5278 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5279 5280 return New; 5281 } 5282 5283 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5284 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5285 /// GCC compatibility). 5286 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5287 ASTContext &Context, 5288 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5289 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5290 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5291 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5292 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5293 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5294 SizeIsNegative = false; 5295 Oversized = 0; 5296 5297 if (T->isDependentType()) 5298 return QualType(); 5299 5300 QualifierCollector Qs; 5301 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5302 5303 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5304 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5305 QualType FixedType = 5306 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5307 Oversized); 5308 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5309 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5310 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5311 } 5312 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5313 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5314 QualType FixedType = 5315 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5316 Oversized); 5317 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5318 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5319 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5320 } 5321 5322 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5323 if (!VLATy) 5324 return QualType(); 5325 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5326 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5327 return QualType(); 5328 5329 llvm::APSInt Res; 5330 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5331 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5332 return QualType(); 5333 5334 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5335 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5336 SizeIsNegative = true; 5337 return QualType(); 5338 } 5339 5340 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5341 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5342 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5343 Res); 5344 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5345 Oversized = Res; 5346 return QualType(); 5347 } 5348 5349 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5350 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5351 } 5352 5353 static void 5354 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5355 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5356 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5357 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5358 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5359 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5360 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5361 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5362 return; 5363 } 5364 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5365 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5366 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5367 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5368 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5369 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5370 return; 5371 } 5372 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5373 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5374 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5375 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5376 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5377 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5378 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5379 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5380 } 5381 5382 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5383 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5384 /// GCC compatibility). 5385 static TypeSourceInfo* 5386 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5387 ASTContext &Context, 5388 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5389 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5390 QualType FixedTy 5391 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5392 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5393 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5394 return nullptr; 5395 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5396 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5397 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5398 return FixedTInfo; 5399 } 5400 5401 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5402 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5403 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5404 /// function-scope declarations. 5405 void 5406 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5407 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5408 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5409 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5410 return; 5411 5412 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5413 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5414 } 5415 5416 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5417 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5418 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5419 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5420 } 5421 5422 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5423 /// does not identify a function. 5424 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5425 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5426 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5427 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5428 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5429 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5430 5431 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5432 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5433 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5434 5435 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5436 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5437 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5438 } 5439 5440 NamedDecl* 5441 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5443 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5444 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5445 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5446 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5447 D.setInvalidType(); 5448 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5449 DC = CurContext; 5450 Previous.clear(); 5451 } 5452 5453 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5454 5455 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5456 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5457 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5458 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5459 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5460 << 1; 5461 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5463 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5464 5465 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5466 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5467 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5468 return nullptr; 5469 } 5470 5471 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5472 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5473 5474 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5475 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5476 5477 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5478 5479 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5480 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5481 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5482 return ND; 5483 } 5484 5485 void 5486 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5487 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5488 // then it shall have block scope. 5489 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5490 // that redeclarations will match. 5491 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5492 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5493 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5494 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5495 5496 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5497 bool SizeIsNegative; 5498 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5499 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5500 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5501 SizeIsNegative, 5502 Oversized); 5503 if (FixedTInfo) { 5504 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5505 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5506 } else { 5507 if (SizeIsNegative) 5508 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5509 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5510 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5511 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5512 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5513 << Oversized.toString(10); 5514 else 5515 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5516 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5517 } 5518 } 5519 } 5520 } 5521 5522 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5523 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5524 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5525 NamedDecl* 5526 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5527 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5528 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5529 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5530 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5531 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5532 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5533 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5534 Redeclaration = true; 5535 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5536 } 5537 5538 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5539 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5540 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5541 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5542 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5543 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5544 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5545 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5546 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5547 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5548 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5549 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5550 } 5551 5552 return NewTD; 5553 } 5554 5555 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5556 /// previous declaration. 5557 /// 5558 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5559 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5560 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5561 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5562 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5563 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5564 /// 5565 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5566 /// lookup 5567 /// 5568 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5569 /// declared. 5570 /// 5571 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5572 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5573 static bool 5574 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5575 ASTContext &Context) { 5576 if (!PrevDecl) 5577 return false; 5578 5579 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5580 return false; 5581 5582 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5583 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5584 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5585 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5586 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5587 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5588 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5589 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5590 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5591 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5592 return false; 5593 5594 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5595 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5596 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5597 return false; 5598 5599 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5600 // previous declarations. 5601 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5602 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5603 5604 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5605 // isn't the same function. 5606 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5607 return false; 5608 } 5609 5610 return true; 5611 } 5612 5613 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5614 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5615 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5616 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5617 } 5618 5619 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5620 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5621 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5622 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5623 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5624 unsigned kind = -1U; 5625 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5626 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5627 kind = 0; // __block 5628 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5629 kind = 1; // global 5630 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5631 kind = 3; // ivar 5632 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5633 kind = 2; // field 5634 } 5635 5636 if (kind != -1U) { 5637 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5638 << kind; 5639 } 5640 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5641 // Try to infer lifetime. 5642 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5643 return false; 5644 5645 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5646 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5647 decl->setType(type); 5648 } 5649 5650 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5651 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5652 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5653 var->getTLSKind()) { 5654 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5655 << var->getType(); 5656 return true; 5657 } 5658 } 5659 5660 return false; 5661 } 5662 5663 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5664 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5665 // the wrong linkage. 5666 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5667 5668 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5669 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5670 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5671 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5672 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5673 } 5674 } 5675 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5676 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5677 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5678 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5679 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5680 } 5681 } 5682 5683 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5684 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5685 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5686 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5687 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5688 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5689 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5690 } 5691 } 5692 } 5693 5694 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5695 // It does not apply to functions. 5696 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5697 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5698 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5699 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5700 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5701 } 5702 } 5703 5704 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5705 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5706 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5707 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5708 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5709 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5710 << &ND << Attr; 5711 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5712 } 5713 } 5714 5715 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5716 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5717 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5718 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5719 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5720 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5721 << Attr; 5722 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5723 } 5724 } 5725 5726 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5727 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5728 bool IsSpecialization, 5729 bool IsDefinition) { 5730 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5731 return; 5732 5733 bool IsTemplate = false; 5734 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5735 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5736 IsTemplate = true; 5737 if (!IsSpecialization) 5738 IsDefinition = false; 5739 } 5740 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5741 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5742 IsTemplate = true; 5743 } 5744 5745 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5746 return; 5747 5748 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5749 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5750 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5751 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5752 5753 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5754 // inherited attribute instances. 5755 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5756 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5757 5758 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5759 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5760 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5761 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5762 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5763 5764 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5765 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5766 bool JustWarn = false; 5767 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5768 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5769 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5770 JustWarn = true; 5771 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5772 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5773 JustWarn = true; 5774 } 5775 5776 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5777 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5778 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5779 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5780 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5781 JustWarn = false; 5782 5783 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5784 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5785 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5786 << NewDecl 5787 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5788 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5789 if (!JustWarn) { 5790 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5791 return; 5792 } 5793 } 5794 5795 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5796 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5797 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5798 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5799 // it were marked dllexport. 5800 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5801 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5802 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5803 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5804 // separately. 5805 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5806 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5807 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5808 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5809 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5810 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5811 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5812 } 5813 5814 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5815 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5816 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5817 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5818 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5819 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5820 << NewDecl; 5821 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5822 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5823 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5824 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5825 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5826 } else { 5827 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5828 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5829 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5830 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5831 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5832 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5833 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5834 } 5835 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5836 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5837 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5838 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5839 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5840 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5841 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5842 } 5843 } 5844 5845 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5846 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5847 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5848 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5849 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5850 5851 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5852 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5853 5854 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5855 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5856 return false; 5857 5858 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5859 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5860 } 5861 5862 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5863 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5864 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5865 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5866 /// 5867 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5868 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5869 /// 5870 /// For instance: 5871 /// 5872 /// auto x = []{}; 5873 /// 5874 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5875 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5876 /// 5877 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5878 template<typename T> 5879 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5880 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5881 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5882 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5883 return false; 5884 5885 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5886 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5887 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5888 return false; 5889 } 5890 return D->isExternC(); 5891 } 5892 5893 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5894 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5895 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5896 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5897 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5898 return true; 5899 if (DC->isRecord()) 5900 return false; 5901 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5902 } 5903 5904 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5905 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5906 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5907 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5908 return true; 5909 if (DC->isRecord()) 5910 return false; 5911 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5912 } 5913 5914 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5915 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5916 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5917 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5918 return true; 5919 return false; 5920 } 5921 5922 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5923 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5924 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5925 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5926 return true; 5927 5928 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5929 // position to the decl itself. 5930 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5931 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5932 return true; 5933 } 5934 5935 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5936 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5937 } 5938 5939 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5940 /// function-local external declaration. 5941 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5942 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5943 return false; 5944 5945 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5946 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5947 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5948 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5949 return true; 5950 5951 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5952 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5953 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5954 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5955 // 5956 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5957 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5958 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5959 DC = DC->getParent(); 5960 return true; 5961 } 5962 5963 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5964 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5965 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5966 return FD->isExternC(); 5967 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5968 return VD->isExternC(); 5969 5970 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5971 } 5972 5973 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5974 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5975 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5976 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5977 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5978 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5979 5980 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5981 5982 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5983 AddToScope = false; 5984 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5985 // purposes. 5986 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5987 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 5988 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 5989 Name = II; 5990 } 5991 } else if (!II) { 5992 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5993 << Name; 5994 return nullptr; 5995 } 5996 5997 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5998 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5999 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6000 // argument. 6001 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6002 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6003 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6004 << R; 6005 D.setInvalidType(); 6006 return nullptr; 6007 } 6008 6009 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6010 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6011 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6012 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6013 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6014 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6015 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6016 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6017 D.setInvalidType(); 6018 return nullptr; 6019 } 6020 } 6021 6022 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6023 QualType NR = R; 6024 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6025 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6026 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 6027 D.setInvalidType(); 6028 break; 6029 } 6030 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6031 } 6032 6033 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6034 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6035 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6036 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6037 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6038 D.setInvalidType(); 6039 } 6040 } 6041 6042 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6043 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6044 // space qualifiers. 6045 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6046 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 6047 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6048 } 6049 6050 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6051 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6052 // address space qualifiers. 6053 if (R->isEventT()) { 6054 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6055 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6056 D.setInvalidType(); 6057 } 6058 } 6059 } 6060 6061 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6062 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6063 6064 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6065 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6066 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6067 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6068 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6069 SC = SC_Extern; 6070 6071 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6072 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6073 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6074 6075 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6076 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6077 // an error here 6078 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6079 D.setInvalidType(); 6080 SC = SC_None; 6081 } 6082 6083 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6084 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6085 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6086 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6087 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6088 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6089 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6090 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6091 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6092 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6093 } 6094 6095 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6096 6097 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6098 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6099 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6100 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6101 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6102 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6103 D.setInvalidType(); 6104 } 6105 } 6106 6107 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 6108 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6109 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6110 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6111 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6112 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6113 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6114 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6115 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6116 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6117 R, TInfo, SC); 6118 6119 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6120 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6121 6122 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6123 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6124 } else { 6125 bool Invalid = false; 6126 6127 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6128 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6129 switch (SC) { 6130 case SC_None: 6131 break; 6132 case SC_Static: 6133 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6134 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6135 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6136 break; 6137 case SC_Auto: 6138 case SC_Register: 6139 case SC_Extern: 6140 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6141 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6142 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6143 // of class members 6144 6145 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6146 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6147 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6148 break; 6149 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6150 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6151 } 6152 } 6153 6154 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6155 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6156 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6157 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6158 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6159 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6160 6161 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6162 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6163 if (RD->isUnion()) 6164 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6165 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6166 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6167 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6168 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6169 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6170 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6171 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6172 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6173 } 6174 } 6175 6176 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6177 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6178 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6179 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6180 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6181 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6182 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6183 : nullptr, 6184 TemplateParamLists, 6185 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6186 6187 if (TemplateParams) { 6188 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6189 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6190 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6191 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6192 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6193 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6194 << II 6195 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6196 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6197 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6198 } else { 6199 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6200 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6201 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6202 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6203 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6204 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6205 // This is a template declaration. 6206 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6207 6208 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6209 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6210 return nullptr; 6211 6212 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6213 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6214 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6215 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6216 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6217 } 6218 } 6219 } else { 6220 assert( 6221 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6222 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6223 } 6224 6225 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6226 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6227 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6228 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6229 : SourceLocation(); 6230 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6231 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6232 IsPartialSpecialization); 6233 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6234 return nullptr; 6235 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6236 AddToScope = false; 6237 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6238 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6239 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6240 Bindings); 6241 } else 6242 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6243 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6244 6245 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6246 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6247 NewTemplate = 6248 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6249 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6250 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6251 } 6252 6253 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6254 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6255 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6256 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6257 6258 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6259 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6260 if (NewTemplate) 6261 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6262 } 6263 6264 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6265 6266 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6267 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6268 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6269 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6270 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6271 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6272 6273 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6274 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6275 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6276 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6277 // implicitly an inline variable. 6278 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6279 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6280 } 6281 6282 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6283 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6284 VTD->setConcept(); 6285 6286 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6287 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6288 // specifiers, [...] 6289 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6290 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6291 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6292 << 0 << 0; 6293 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6294 } 6295 6296 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6297 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6298 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6299 << 0 << 3; 6300 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6301 } 6302 6303 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6304 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6305 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6306 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6307 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6308 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6309 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6310 } 6311 6312 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6313 // following restrictions: 6314 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6315 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6316 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6317 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6318 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6319 } 6320 } 6321 } 6322 6323 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6324 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6325 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6326 << 0; 6327 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6328 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6329 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6330 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6332 } else { 6333 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6334 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6335 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6336 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6337 } 6338 } 6339 6340 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6341 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6342 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6343 if (NewTemplate) 6344 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6345 6346 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6347 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6348 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6349 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6350 else 6351 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6352 } 6353 6354 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6355 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6356 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6357 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6358 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6359 // explicitly. 6360 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6361 // 'extern'. 6362 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6363 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6364 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6365 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6366 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6367 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6368 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6369 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6370 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6371 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6372 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6373 // error should be ignored. 6374 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6375 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6376 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6377 // to emit any code for it. 6378 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6379 } else 6380 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6381 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6382 } else 6383 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6384 } 6385 6386 // C99 6.7.4p3 6387 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6388 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6389 // thread storage duration... 6390 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6391 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6392 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6393 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6394 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6395 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6396 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6397 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6398 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6399 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6400 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6401 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6402 } 6403 } 6404 6405 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6406 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6407 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6408 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6409 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6410 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6411 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6412 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6413 << 2 6414 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6415 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6416 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6417 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6418 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6419 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6420 else { 6421 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6422 if (NewTemplate) 6423 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6424 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6425 B->setModulePrivate(); 6426 } 6427 } 6428 6429 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6430 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6431 6432 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6433 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6434 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6435 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6436 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6437 // storage [duration]." 6438 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6439 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6440 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6441 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6442 } 6443 } 6444 6445 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6446 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6447 // check the VarDecl itself. 6448 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6449 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6450 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6451 6452 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6453 // retainable type. 6454 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6455 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6456 6457 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6458 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6459 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6460 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6461 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6462 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6463 switch (SC) { 6464 case SC_None: 6465 case SC_Auto: 6466 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6467 break; 6468 case SC_Register: 6469 // Local Named register 6470 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6471 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6472 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6473 break; 6474 case SC_Static: 6475 case SC_Extern: 6476 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6477 break; 6478 } 6479 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6480 // Global Named register 6481 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6482 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6483 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6484 6485 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6486 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6487 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6488 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6489 HasSizeMismatch)) 6490 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6491 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6492 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6493 } 6494 6495 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6496 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6497 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6498 } 6499 } 6500 6501 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6502 Context, Label, 0)); 6503 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6504 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6505 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6506 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6507 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6508 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6509 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6510 } else 6511 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6512 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6513 } 6514 } 6515 6516 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6517 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6518 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6519 : nullptr; 6520 6521 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6522 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6523 // declaration has linkage). 6524 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6525 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6526 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6527 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6528 6529 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6530 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6531 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6532 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6533 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6534 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6535 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6536 6537 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6538 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6539 } else { 6540 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6541 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6542 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6543 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6544 6545 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6546 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6547 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6548 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6549 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6550 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6551 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6552 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6553 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6554 Previous.clear(); 6555 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6556 } 6557 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6558 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6559 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6560 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6561 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6562 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6563 } 6564 6565 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6566 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6567 6568 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6569 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6570 // concept definition. 6571 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6572 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6573 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6574 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6575 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6576 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6577 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6578 << 1 /*variable*/ 6579 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6580 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6581 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6582 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6583 } 6584 } 6585 } 6586 6587 if (NewTemplate) { 6588 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6589 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6590 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6591 : nullptr; 6592 6593 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6594 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6595 // template declaration. 6596 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6597 TemplateParams, 6598 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6599 : nullptr, 6600 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6601 DC->isDependentContext()) 6602 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6603 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6604 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6605 6606 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6607 // template, make a note of that. 6608 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6609 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6610 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6611 } 6612 } 6613 6614 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6615 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6616 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6617 6618 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6619 6620 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6621 // the map of such variables. 6622 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6623 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6624 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6625 6626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6627 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6628 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6629 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6630 Context.setManglingNumber( 6631 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6632 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6633 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6634 } 6635 } 6636 6637 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6638 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6639 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6640 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6641 6642 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6643 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6644 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6645 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6646 6647 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6648 // behavior. 6649 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6650 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6651 } 6652 6653 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6654 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6655 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6656 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6657 } 6658 6659 if (NewTemplate) { 6660 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6661 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6662 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6663 return NewTemplate; 6664 } 6665 6666 return NewVD; 6667 } 6668 6669 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6670 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6671 6672 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6673 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6674 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6675 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6676 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6677 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6678 } 6679 6680 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6681 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6682 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6683 const VarDecl *VD) { 6684 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6685 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6686 return Capture.getLocation(); 6687 } 6688 return SourceLocation(); 6689 } 6690 6691 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6692 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6693 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6694 const LookupResult &R) { 6695 // Return if warning is ignored. 6696 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6697 return nullptr; 6698 6699 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6700 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6701 return nullptr; 6702 6703 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6704 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6705 return nullptr; 6706 6707 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6708 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6709 ? ShadowedDecl 6710 : nullptr; 6711 } 6712 6713 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6714 /// -Wshadow. 6715 /// 6716 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6717 /// scope. 6718 /// 6719 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6720 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6721 /// 6722 void Sema::CheckShadow(VarDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6723 const LookupResult &R) { 6724 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6725 6726 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6727 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6728 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6729 if (MD->isStatic()) 6730 return; 6731 6732 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6733 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6734 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6735 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6736 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6737 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6738 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6739 return; 6740 } 6741 } 6742 6743 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6744 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6745 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6746 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6747 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6748 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6749 ShadowedDecl = I; 6750 break; 6751 } 6752 } 6753 6754 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6755 6756 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6757 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6758 if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6759 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6760 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6761 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6762 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6763 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6764 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6765 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6766 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6767 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6768 } else { 6769 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6770 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6771 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6772 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6773 return; 6774 } 6775 } 6776 } 6777 } 6778 6779 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6780 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6781 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6782 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6783 return; 6784 6785 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6786 // static data members from base classes? 6787 6788 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6789 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6790 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6791 } 6792 6793 6794 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6795 6796 // Emit warning and note. 6797 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6798 return; 6799 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6800 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6801 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6802 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6803 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6804 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6805 } 6806 6807 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6808 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6809 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 6810 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 6811 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 6812 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 6813 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 6814 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6815 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 6816 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 6817 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 6818 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 6819 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 6820 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6821 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6822 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 6823 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6824 } 6825 } 6826 6827 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6828 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6829 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6830 return; 6831 6832 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6833 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6834 LookupName(R, S); 6835 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 6836 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 6837 } 6838 6839 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6840 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6841 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6842 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6843 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6844 return; 6845 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6846 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6847 if (!DRE) 6848 return; 6849 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6850 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6851 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6852 return; 6853 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6854 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6855 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6856 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6857 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6858 6859 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6860 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6861 } 6862 6863 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6864 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6865 template<typename T> 6866 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6867 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6868 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6869 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6870 6871 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6872 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6873 // declaration. 6874 return false; 6875 } 6876 6877 if (Prev) { 6878 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6879 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6880 // redeclaration. 6881 Previous.clear(); 6882 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6883 return true; 6884 } 6885 6886 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6887 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6888 // declaration. 6889 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6890 return false; 6891 } else { 6892 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6893 // translation unit which might conflict. 6894 if (IsGlobal) { 6895 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6896 IsGlobal = false; 6897 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6898 I != E; ++I) { 6899 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6900 Prev = *I; 6901 break; 6902 } 6903 } 6904 } else { 6905 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6906 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6907 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6908 I != E; ++I) { 6909 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6910 Prev = *I; 6911 break; 6912 } 6913 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6914 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6915 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6916 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6917 // diagnostic. 6918 } 6919 } 6920 6921 if (!Prev) 6922 return false; 6923 } 6924 6925 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6926 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6927 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6928 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6929 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6930 else 6931 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6932 6933 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6934 << IsGlobal << ND; 6935 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6936 << IsGlobal; 6937 return false; 6938 } 6939 6940 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6941 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6942 /// 6943 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6944 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6945 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6946 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6947 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6948 template<typename T> 6949 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6950 LookupResult &Previous) { 6951 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6952 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6953 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6954 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6955 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6956 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6957 Previous.clear(); 6958 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6959 return true; 6960 } 6961 } 6962 return false; 6963 } 6964 6965 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6966 // declaration. 6967 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6968 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6969 6970 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6971 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6972 // in another scope. 6973 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6974 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6975 6976 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6977 return false; 6978 } 6979 6980 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6981 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6982 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6983 return; 6984 6985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6986 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6987 6988 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6989 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6990 return; 6991 6992 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6993 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6994 6995 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6996 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6997 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6998 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6999 NewVD->setType(T); 7000 } 7001 7002 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7003 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7004 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7005 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7006 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7007 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7008 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 7009 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7010 return; 7011 } 7012 7013 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7014 // scope. 7015 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7016 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7017 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7018 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7019 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7020 return; 7021 } 7022 7023 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7024 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7025 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7026 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7027 return; 7028 } 7029 7030 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7031 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7032 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7033 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7034 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7035 << 0 /*const*/; 7036 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7037 return; 7038 } 7039 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7040 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7041 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7042 return; 7043 } 7044 } 7045 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7046 // __constant address space. 7047 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7048 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7049 // address space. 7050 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7051 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7052 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7053 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7054 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7055 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7056 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7057 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7058 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7059 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7060 else 7061 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7062 << Scope << "constant"; 7063 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7064 return; 7065 } 7066 } else { 7067 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7068 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7069 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7070 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7071 return; 7072 } 7073 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 7074 // in functions. 7075 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7076 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7077 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7078 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7079 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7080 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7081 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7082 else 7083 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7084 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7085 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7086 return; 7087 } 7088 } 7089 } 7090 } 7091 7092 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7093 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7094 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7095 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7096 else { 7097 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7098 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7099 } 7100 } 7101 7102 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7103 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7104 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7105 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7106 7107 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7108 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7109 bool SizeIsNegative; 7110 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7111 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7112 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7113 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7114 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7115 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7116 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7117 // int a[10][n]; 7118 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7119 7120 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7121 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7122 << SizeRange; 7123 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7124 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7125 << SizeRange; 7126 else 7127 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7128 << SizeRange; 7129 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7130 return; 7131 } 7132 7133 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7134 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7135 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7136 else 7137 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7138 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7139 return; 7140 } 7141 7142 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7143 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7144 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7145 } 7146 7147 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7148 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7149 // of objects and functions. 7150 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7151 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7152 << T; 7153 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7154 return; 7155 } 7156 } 7157 7158 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7159 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7160 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7161 return; 7162 } 7163 7164 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7165 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7166 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7167 return; 7168 } 7169 7170 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7171 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7172 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7173 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7174 return; 7175 } 7176 } 7177 7178 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7179 /// declaration. 7180 /// 7181 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7182 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7183 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7184 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7185 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7186 /// 7187 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7188 /// 7189 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7190 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7191 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7192 7193 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7194 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7195 return false; 7196 7197 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7198 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7199 if (Previous.empty() && 7200 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7201 Previous.setShadowed(); 7202 7203 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7204 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7205 return true; 7206 } 7207 return false; 7208 } 7209 7210 namespace { 7211 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7212 Sema *S; 7213 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7214 7215 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7216 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7217 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7218 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7219 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7220 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7221 7222 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7223 7224 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7225 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7226 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7227 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7228 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7229 7230 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7231 } 7232 7233 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7234 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7235 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7236 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7237 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7238 return true; 7239 } 7240 } 7241 7242 return false; 7243 } 7244 }; 7245 7246 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7247 } // end anonymous namespace 7248 7249 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7250 /// overriden methods. 7251 /// 7252 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7253 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7254 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7255 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7256 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7257 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7258 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7259 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7260 I != E; ++I) { 7261 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7262 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7263 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7264 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7265 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7266 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7267 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7268 } 7269 } 7270 7271 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7272 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7273 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7274 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7275 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7276 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7277 FOM.Method = MD; 7278 FOM.S = this; 7279 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7280 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7281 bool AddedAny = false; 7282 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7283 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7284 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7285 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7286 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7287 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7288 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7289 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7290 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7291 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7292 AddedAny = true; 7293 } 7294 } 7295 } 7296 } 7297 7298 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7299 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7300 } 7301 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7302 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7303 } 7304 7305 return AddedAny; 7306 } 7307 7308 namespace { 7309 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7310 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7311 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7312 Scope *S; 7313 Declarator &D; 7314 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7315 bool AddToScope; 7316 }; 7317 } // end anonymous namespace 7318 7319 namespace { 7320 7321 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7322 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7323 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7324 public: 7325 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7326 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7327 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7328 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7329 7330 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7331 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7332 return false; 7333 7334 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7335 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7336 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7337 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7338 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7339 7340 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7341 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7342 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7343 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7344 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7345 return true; 7346 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7347 return true; 7348 } 7349 } 7350 } 7351 7352 return false; 7353 } 7354 7355 private: 7356 ASTContext &Context; 7357 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7358 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7359 }; 7360 7361 } // end anonymous namespace 7362 7363 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7364 /// 7365 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7366 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7367 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7368 /// the same name. 7369 /// 7370 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7371 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7372 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7373 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7374 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7375 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7376 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7377 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7378 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7379 TypoCorrection Correction; 7380 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7381 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7382 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7383 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7384 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7385 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7386 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7387 7388 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7389 if (IsLocalFriend) 7390 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7391 else 7392 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7393 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7394 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7395 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7396 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7397 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7398 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7399 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7400 if (FD && 7401 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7402 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7403 // involve a parameter 7404 unsigned ParamNum = 7405 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7406 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7407 } 7408 } 7409 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7410 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7411 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7412 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7413 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7414 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7415 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7416 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7417 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7418 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7419 Previous.clear(); 7420 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7421 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7422 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7423 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7424 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7425 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7426 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7427 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7428 } 7429 } 7430 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7431 7432 NamedDecl *Result; 7433 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7434 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7435 { 7436 // Trap errors. 7437 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7438 7439 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7440 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7441 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7442 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7443 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7444 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7445 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7446 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7447 7448 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7449 Result = nullptr; 7450 } 7451 7452 if (Result) { 7453 // Determine which correction we picked. 7454 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7455 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7456 I != E; ++I) 7457 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7458 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7459 7460 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7461 Correction, 7462 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7463 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7464 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7465 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7466 return Result; 7467 } 7468 7469 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7470 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7471 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7472 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7473 Previous.clear(); 7474 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7475 } 7476 7477 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7478 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7479 7480 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7481 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7482 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7483 7484 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7485 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7486 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7487 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7488 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7489 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7490 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7491 7492 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7493 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7494 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7495 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7496 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7497 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7498 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7499 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7500 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7501 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7502 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7503 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7504 } else 7505 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7506 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7507 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7508 } 7509 return nullptr; 7510 } 7511 7512 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7513 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7514 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7515 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7516 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7517 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7518 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7519 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7520 D.setInvalidType(); 7521 break; 7522 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7523 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7524 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7525 return SC_None; 7526 return SC_Extern; 7527 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7528 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7529 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7530 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7531 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7532 // other than extern 7533 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7534 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7535 diag::err_static_block_func); 7536 break; 7537 } else 7538 return SC_Static; 7539 } 7540 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7541 } 7542 7543 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7544 return SC_None; 7545 } 7546 7547 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7548 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7549 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7550 StorageClass SC, 7551 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7552 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7553 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7554 7555 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7556 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7557 7558 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7559 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7560 // prototype. This true when: 7561 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7562 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7563 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7564 bool HasPrototype = 7565 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7566 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7567 7568 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7569 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7570 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7571 HasPrototype, false); 7572 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7573 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7574 7575 return NewFD; 7576 } 7577 7578 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7579 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7580 7581 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7582 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7583 // the class has been completely parsed. 7584 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7585 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7586 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7587 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7588 D.setInvalidType(); 7589 7590 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7591 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7592 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7593 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7594 7595 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7596 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7597 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7598 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7599 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7600 isConstexpr); 7601 7602 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7603 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7604 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7605 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7606 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7607 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7608 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7609 D.getLocStart(), 7610 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7611 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7612 7613 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7614 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7615 // it yet. 7616 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7617 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7618 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7619 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7620 } 7621 7622 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7623 return NewDD; 7624 7625 } else { 7626 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7627 D.setInvalidType(); 7628 7629 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7630 // code path. 7631 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7632 D.getLocStart(), 7633 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7634 SC, isInline, 7635 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7636 } 7637 7638 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7639 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7640 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7641 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7642 return nullptr; 7643 } 7644 7645 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7646 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7647 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7648 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7649 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7650 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7651 7652 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7653 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7654 7655 // We don't need to store any extra information for a deduction guide, so 7656 // just model it as a plain FunctionDecl. 7657 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7658 D.getLocStart(), 7659 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7660 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7661 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7662 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7663 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7664 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7665 // constructor if it has no return type). 7666 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7667 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7668 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7669 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7670 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7671 return nullptr; 7672 } 7673 7674 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7675 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7676 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7677 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7678 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7679 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7680 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7681 return Ret; 7682 } else { 7683 bool isFriend = 7684 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7685 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7686 return nullptr; 7687 7688 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7689 // prototype. This true when: 7690 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7691 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7692 D.getLocStart(), 7693 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7694 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7695 } 7696 } 7697 7698 enum OpenCLParamType { 7699 ValidKernelParam, 7700 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7701 PtrKernelParam, 7702 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7703 InvalidKernelParam, 7704 RecordKernelParam 7705 }; 7706 7707 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7708 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7709 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7710 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7711 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7712 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7713 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7714 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7715 return PtrKernelParam; 7716 } 7717 7718 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7719 // be used as builtin types. 7720 7721 if (PT->isImageType()) 7722 return PtrKernelParam; 7723 7724 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7725 return InvalidKernelParam; 7726 7727 if (PT->isEventT()) 7728 return InvalidKernelParam; 7729 7730 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7731 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7732 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7733 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7734 return InvalidKernelParam; 7735 7736 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7737 return RecordKernelParam; 7738 7739 return ValidKernelParam; 7740 } 7741 7742 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7743 Sema &S, 7744 Declarator &D, 7745 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7746 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7747 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7748 7749 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7750 // used again 7751 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7752 return; 7753 7754 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7755 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7756 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7757 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7758 // pointer to a pointer type. 7759 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7760 D.setInvalidType(); 7761 return; 7762 7763 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 7764 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 7765 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 7766 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 7767 // __constant. 7768 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 7769 D.setInvalidType(); 7770 return; 7771 7772 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7773 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7774 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7775 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7776 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7777 7778 case InvalidKernelParam: 7779 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7780 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7781 // of event_t type. 7782 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7783 // type for any function elsewhere. 7784 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7785 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7786 D.setInvalidType(); 7787 return; 7788 7789 case PtrKernelParam: 7790 case ValidKernelParam: 7791 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7792 return; 7793 7794 case RecordKernelParam: 7795 break; 7796 } 7797 7798 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7799 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7800 7801 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7802 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7803 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7804 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7805 7806 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7807 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7808 7809 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7810 7811 do { 7812 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7813 if (!Next) { 7814 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7815 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7816 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7817 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7818 7819 continue; 7820 } 7821 7822 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7823 // field itself) to the history stack. 7824 const RecordDecl *RD; 7825 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7826 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7827 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7828 } else { 7829 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7830 } 7831 7832 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7833 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7834 7835 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7836 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7837 7838 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7839 continue; 7840 7841 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7842 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7843 continue; 7844 7845 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7846 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7847 continue; 7848 } 7849 7850 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7851 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7852 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7853 // union. 7854 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7855 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 7856 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7857 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7858 << PT->isUnionType() 7859 << PT; 7860 } else { 7861 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7862 } 7863 7864 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7865 << PD->getDeclName(); 7866 7867 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7868 // the offending field came from 7869 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7870 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7871 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7872 I != E; ++I) { 7873 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7874 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7875 << OuterField->getType(); 7876 } 7877 7878 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7879 << QT->isPointerType() 7880 << QT; 7881 D.setInvalidType(); 7882 return; 7883 } 7884 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7885 } 7886 7887 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7888 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7889 /// nothing. 7890 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 7891 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7892 DC = DC->getParent(); 7893 return DC; 7894 } 7895 7896 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7897 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7898 /// nothing. 7899 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 7900 while (S->isClassScope() || 7901 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 7902 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7903 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7904 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 7905 S = S->getParent(); 7906 return S; 7907 } 7908 7909 NamedDecl* 7910 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7911 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7912 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7913 bool &AddToScope) { 7914 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7915 7916 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7917 7918 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7919 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7920 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7921 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7922 7923 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7924 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7925 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7926 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7927 7928 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7929 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7930 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7931 7932 bool isFriend = false; 7933 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7934 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7935 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7936 7937 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7938 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7939 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7940 7941 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7942 7943 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7944 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7945 7946 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7947 isVirtualOkay); 7948 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7949 7950 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7951 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7952 7953 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7954 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7955 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7956 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7957 7958 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7959 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7960 7961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7962 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7963 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7964 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7965 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7966 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7967 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7968 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7969 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7970 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7971 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7972 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7973 } 7974 7975 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7976 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7977 // return true). 7978 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7979 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7980 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7981 NewFD->setPure(true); 7982 7983 // C++ [class.union]p2 7984 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7985 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7986 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7987 } 7988 7989 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7990 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7991 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7992 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7993 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7994 7995 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7996 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7997 bool Invalid = false; 7998 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7999 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8000 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8001 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8002 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8003 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8004 : nullptr, 8005 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 8006 Invalid)) { 8007 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8008 // This is a function template 8009 8010 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8011 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8012 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8013 8014 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8015 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8016 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8017 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8018 } 8019 8020 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8021 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8022 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8023 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8024 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8025 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8026 Invalid = true; 8027 } 8028 8029 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8030 NewFD->getLocation(), 8031 Name, TemplateParams, 8032 NewFD); 8033 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8034 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8035 8036 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8037 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8038 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8039 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8040 } 8041 } else { 8042 // This is a function template specialization. 8043 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8044 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8045 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8046 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8047 8048 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8049 if (isFriend) { 8050 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8051 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8052 8053 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8054 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8055 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8056 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8057 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8058 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8059 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8060 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8061 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8062 } 8063 8064 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8065 << Name << RemoveRange 8066 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8067 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8068 } 8069 } 8070 } 8071 else { 8072 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8073 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8074 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8075 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8076 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8077 } 8078 8079 if (Invalid) { 8080 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8081 if (FunctionTemplate) 8082 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8083 } 8084 8085 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8086 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8087 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8088 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8089 // 8090 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8091 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8092 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8093 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8094 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8095 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8096 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8097 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8098 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8099 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8100 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8101 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8102 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8103 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8104 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8105 } else { 8106 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8107 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8108 } 8109 8110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8111 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8112 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8113 } 8114 8115 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8116 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8117 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8118 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8119 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8120 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8121 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8122 // thing to do. 8123 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8124 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8125 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8126 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8127 QualType Result = 8128 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8129 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8130 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8131 } 8132 8133 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8134 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8135 // declaration. 8136 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8137 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8138 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8139 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8140 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8141 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8142 } 8143 } 8144 8145 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8146 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8147 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8148 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8149 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->isDeductionGuide()) { 8150 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8151 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8152 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8153 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8154 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8155 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8156 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8157 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8158 // or conversion function. 8159 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8160 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8161 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8162 } 8163 } 8164 8165 if (isConstexpr) { 8166 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8167 // are implicitly inline. 8168 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8169 8170 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8171 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8172 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8173 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8174 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8175 } 8176 8177 if (isConcept) { 8178 // This is a function concept. 8179 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8180 FTD->setConcept(); 8181 8182 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8183 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8184 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8185 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8186 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8187 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8188 } 8189 8190 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8191 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8192 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8193 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8194 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8195 SourceRange Range; 8196 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8197 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8198 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8199 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8200 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8201 } else { 8202 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8203 } 8204 8205 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8206 // following restrictions: 8207 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8208 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8209 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8210 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8211 } 8212 8213 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8214 // following restrictions: 8215 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8216 // parameter list. 8217 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8218 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8219 } 8220 8221 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8222 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8223 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8224 8225 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8226 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8227 // specifiers, [...] 8228 if (isInline) { 8229 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8230 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8231 << 1 << 1; 8232 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8233 } 8234 8235 if (isFriend) { 8236 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8237 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8238 << 1 << 2; 8239 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8240 } 8241 8242 if (isConstexpr) { 8243 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8244 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8245 << 1 << 3; 8246 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8247 } 8248 8249 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8250 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8251 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8252 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8253 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8254 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8255 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8256 return NewFD; 8257 } 8258 } 8259 8260 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8261 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8262 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8263 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8264 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8265 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8266 << 0 8267 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8268 } else { 8269 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8270 if (FunctionTemplate) 8271 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8272 } 8273 } 8274 8275 if (isFriend) { 8276 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8277 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8278 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8279 } 8280 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8281 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8282 } 8283 8284 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8285 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8286 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8287 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8288 case FDK_Declaration: 8289 case FDK_Definition: 8290 break; 8291 8292 case FDK_Defaulted: 8293 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8294 break; 8295 8296 case FDK_Deleted: 8297 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8298 break; 8299 } 8300 8301 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8302 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8303 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8304 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8305 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8306 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8307 } 8308 8309 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8310 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8311 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8312 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8313 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8314 // the class. 8315 8316 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8317 // member function definition. 8318 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8319 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8320 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8321 } 8322 8323 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8324 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8325 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8326 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8327 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8328 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8329 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8330 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8331 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8332 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8333 } 8334 8335 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8336 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8337 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8338 isExplicitSpecialization || 8339 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8340 8341 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8342 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8343 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8344 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8345 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8346 SE->getString(), 0)); 8347 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8348 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8349 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8350 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8351 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8352 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8353 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8354 } else 8355 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8356 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8357 } 8358 } 8359 8360 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8361 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8362 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8363 unsigned FTIIdx; 8364 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8365 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8366 8367 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8368 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8369 // single void argument. 8370 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8371 // already checks for that case. 8372 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8373 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8374 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8375 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8376 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8377 Params.push_back(Param); 8378 8379 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8380 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8381 } 8382 } 8383 8384 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8385 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8386 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8387 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8388 // the TU. 8389 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8390 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8391 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8392 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8393 8394 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8395 // instead. 8396 if (!TD) { 8397 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8398 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8399 } 8400 if (!TD) 8401 continue; 8402 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8403 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8404 continue; 8405 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8406 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8407 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8408 8409 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8410 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8411 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8412 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8413 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8414 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8415 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8416 } 8417 } 8418 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8419 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8420 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8421 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8422 // 8423 // @code 8424 // typedef void fn(int); 8425 // fn f; 8426 // @endcode 8427 8428 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8429 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8430 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8431 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8432 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8433 Params.push_back(Param); 8434 } 8435 } else { 8436 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8437 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8438 } 8439 8440 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8441 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8442 8443 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8444 NewFD->addAttr( 8445 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8446 Context, 0)); 8447 8448 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8449 // because all functions have linkage. 8450 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8451 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8452 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8453 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8454 } 8455 8456 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8457 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8458 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8459 NewFD->addAttr( 8460 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8461 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8462 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8463 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8464 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8465 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8466 NewFD)) 8467 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8468 } 8469 8470 // Handle attributes. 8471 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8472 8473 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8474 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8475 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8476 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8477 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8478 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8479 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8480 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8481 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8482 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8483 } 8484 } 8485 8486 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8487 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8488 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8489 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8490 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8491 8492 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8493 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8494 8495 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8496 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8497 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8498 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8499 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8500 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8501 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8502 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8503 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8504 8505 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8506 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8507 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8508 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8509 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8510 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8511 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8512 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8513 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8514 int DiagID = 8515 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8516 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8517 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8518 } 8519 } 8520 } else { 8521 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8522 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8523 // 8524 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8525 // 8526 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8527 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8528 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8529 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8530 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8531 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8532 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8533 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8534 8535 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8536 // argument list into our AST format. 8537 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8538 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8539 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8540 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8541 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8542 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8543 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8544 TemplateArgs); 8545 8546 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8547 8548 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8549 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8550 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8551 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8552 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8553 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8554 8555 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8556 } else { 8557 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8558 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8559 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8560 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8561 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8562 } 8563 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8564 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8565 // wrote something like: 8566 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8567 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8568 // friend void foo<>(int); 8569 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8570 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8571 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8572 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8573 } 8574 8575 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8576 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8577 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8578 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8579 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8580 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8581 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8582 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8583 8584 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8585 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8586 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8587 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8588 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8589 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8590 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8591 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8592 TemplateArgs, 8593 InstantiationDependent))) { 8594 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8595 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8596 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8597 Previous)) 8598 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8599 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8600 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8601 && !isFriend) { 8602 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8603 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8604 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8605 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8606 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8607 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8608 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8609 : nullptr), 8610 Previous)) 8611 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8612 8613 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8614 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8615 // specialization (14.7.3) 8616 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8617 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8618 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8619 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8620 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8621 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8622 << SC 8623 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8624 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8625 8626 else 8627 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8628 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8629 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8630 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8631 } 8632 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8633 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8634 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8635 } 8636 8637 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8638 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8639 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8640 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8641 8642 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8643 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8644 8645 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8646 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8647 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8648 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8649 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8650 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8651 } 8652 8653 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8654 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8655 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8656 8657 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8658 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8659 : NewFD); 8660 8661 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8662 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8663 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8664 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8665 8666 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8667 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8668 } 8669 8670 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8671 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8672 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8673 8674 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8675 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8676 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8677 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8678 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8679 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8680 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8681 : nullptr, 8682 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8683 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8684 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8685 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8686 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8687 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8688 DC->isDependentContext()) 8689 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8690 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8691 } 8692 8693 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8694 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8695 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8696 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8697 AddToScope }; 8698 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8699 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8700 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8701 8702 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8703 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8704 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8705 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8706 8707 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8708 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8709 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8710 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8711 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8712 // can actually do this check immediately. 8713 if (isFriend && 8714 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8715 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8716 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8717 // ignore these 8718 } else { 8719 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8720 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8721 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8722 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8723 // 8724 // class X { 8725 // void f() const; 8726 // }; 8727 // 8728 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8729 // 8730 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8731 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8732 // whether the parameter types are references). 8733 8734 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8735 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8736 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8737 return Result; 8738 } 8739 } 8740 8741 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8742 // to something. 8743 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8744 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8745 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8746 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8747 return Result; 8748 } 8749 } 8750 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8751 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8752 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8753 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8754 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8755 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8756 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8757 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8758 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8759 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8760 // generate them. 8761 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8762 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8763 } 8764 } 8765 8766 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8767 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8768 8769 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8770 8771 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8772 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8773 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8774 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8775 << NewFD; 8776 8777 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8778 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8779 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8780 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8781 EPI.Variadic = true; 8782 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8783 8784 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8785 NewFD->setType(R); 8786 } 8787 8788 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8789 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8790 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8791 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8792 8793 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8794 // marking the function. 8795 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8796 8797 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8798 // a pragma. 8799 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8800 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8801 8802 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8803 // the map of such variables. 8804 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8805 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8806 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8807 8808 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8809 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8810 8811 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8812 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8813 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8814 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8815 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8816 } 8817 8818 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8819 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8820 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8821 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8822 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8823 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8824 8825 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8826 } 8827 8828 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8829 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8830 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8831 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8832 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8833 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8834 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8835 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8836 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8837 } 8838 } 8839 8840 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8841 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8842 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8843 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8844 return FunctionTemplate; 8845 } 8846 } 8847 8848 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8849 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8850 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8851 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8852 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8853 D.setInvalidType(); 8854 } 8855 8856 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8857 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8858 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8859 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8860 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8861 : FixItHint()); 8862 D.setInvalidType(); 8863 } 8864 8865 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8866 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8867 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8868 } 8869 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8870 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8871 8872 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8873 // types. 8874 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8875 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8876 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8877 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8878 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8879 D.setInvalidType(); 8880 } 8881 } 8882 } 8883 } 8884 8885 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8886 8887 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8888 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8889 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8890 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8891 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8892 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8893 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8894 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8895 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8896 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8897 AddToScope = false; 8898 } 8899 8900 return NewFD; 8901 } 8902 8903 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8904 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8905 /// 8906 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8907 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8908 /// same declaration name. 8909 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8910 /// belongs to. 8911 /// 8912 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8913 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8914 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8915 // namespace scope. 8916 // 8917 // This allows to compile code like: 8918 // 8919 // void func(); 8920 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8921 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8922 // 8923 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8924 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8925 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8926 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8927 } 8928 8929 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8930 /// 8931 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8932 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8933 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8934 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8935 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8936 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8937 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8938 /// 8939 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8940 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8941 /// 8942 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8943 /// 8944 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8945 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8946 LookupResult &Previous, 8947 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8948 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8949 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8950 8951 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8952 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8953 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8954 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8955 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8956 8957 bool Redeclaration = false; 8958 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8959 8960 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8961 // the same name, if appropriate. 8962 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8963 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8964 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8965 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8966 // function to the scope. 8967 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8968 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8969 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8970 Redeclaration = true; 8971 OldDecl = Candidate; 8972 } 8973 } else { 8974 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8975 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8976 case Ovl_Match: 8977 Redeclaration = true; 8978 break; 8979 8980 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8981 Redeclaration = true; 8982 break; 8983 8984 case Ovl_Overload: 8985 Redeclaration = false; 8986 break; 8987 } 8988 8989 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8990 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8991 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8992 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8993 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8994 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8995 if (Redeclaration) 8996 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8997 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8998 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8999 if (OverloadedDecl) 9000 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 9001 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9002 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9003 } 9004 } 9005 } 9006 9007 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9008 if (!Redeclaration && 9009 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9010 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9011 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9012 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9013 Redeclaration = true; 9014 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9015 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9016 9017 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9018 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9019 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9020 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9021 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9022 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 9023 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9024 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9025 } 9026 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9027 Redeclaration = false; 9028 OldDecl = nullptr; 9029 } 9030 } 9031 } 9032 } 9033 9034 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9035 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9036 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9037 // 9038 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9039 // definition of a static member function. 9040 // 9041 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9042 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9043 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9044 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9045 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9046 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9047 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9048 if (OldDecl) 9049 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9050 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9051 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9052 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9053 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9054 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9055 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9056 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9057 9058 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9059 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9060 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9061 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9062 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9063 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9064 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9065 9066 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9067 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9068 } 9069 } 9070 } 9071 9072 if (Redeclaration) { 9073 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9074 // merged. 9075 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9076 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9077 return Redeclaration; 9078 } 9079 9080 Previous.clear(); 9081 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9082 9083 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9084 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9085 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9086 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9087 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9088 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9089 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9090 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9091 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9092 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9093 } 9094 9095 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9096 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9097 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 9098 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9099 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9100 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9101 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9102 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9103 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9104 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9105 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9106 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9107 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9108 } 9109 } 9110 9111 } else { 9112 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9113 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9114 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9115 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9116 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9117 } 9118 } 9119 } 9120 9121 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9122 9123 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9124 // C++-specific checks. 9125 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9126 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9127 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9128 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9129 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9130 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9131 9132 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9133 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9134 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9135 DeclarationName Name 9136 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9137 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9138 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9139 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9140 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9141 return Redeclaration; 9142 } 9143 } 9144 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9145 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9146 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9147 } 9148 9149 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9150 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9151 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9152 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9153 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9154 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9155 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9156 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9157 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9158 } 9159 } 9160 } 9161 9162 if (Method->isStatic()) 9163 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9164 } 9165 9166 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9167 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9168 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9169 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9170 return Redeclaration; 9171 } 9172 9173 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9174 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9175 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9176 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9177 return Redeclaration; 9178 } 9179 9180 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9181 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9182 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9183 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9184 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9185 9186 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9187 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9188 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9189 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9190 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9191 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9192 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9193 // specification, that's OK. 9194 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9195 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9196 if (!T.isNull() && 9197 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9198 NewFD->getType())) 9199 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9200 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9201 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9202 } 9203 9204 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9205 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9206 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9207 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9208 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9209 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9210 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9211 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9212 << NewFD << R; 9213 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9214 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9215 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9216 } 9217 9218 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9219 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9220 // [is] part of the function type 9221 // 9222 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9223 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9224 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9225 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9226 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9227 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9228 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9229 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9230 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9231 // restricted prior to C++17. 9232 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9233 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9234 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9235 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9236 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9237 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9238 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9239 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9240 return true; 9241 return false; 9242 }; 9243 9244 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9245 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9246 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9247 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9248 if (AnyNoexcept) 9249 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9250 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9251 << NewFD; 9252 } 9253 9254 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9255 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9256 } 9257 return Redeclaration; 9258 } 9259 9260 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9261 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9262 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9263 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9264 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9265 // appear in a declaration of main. 9266 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9267 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9268 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9269 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9270 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9271 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9272 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9273 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9274 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9275 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9276 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9277 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9278 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9279 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9280 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9281 } 9282 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9283 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9284 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9285 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9286 } 9287 9288 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9289 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9290 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9291 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9292 return; 9293 } 9294 9295 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9296 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9297 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9298 9299 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9300 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9301 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9302 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9303 9304 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9305 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9306 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9307 else { 9308 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9309 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9310 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9311 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9312 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9313 } 9314 } else { 9315 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9316 // set the flag which tells us that. 9317 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9318 9319 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9320 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9321 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9322 else { 9323 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9324 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9325 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9326 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9327 : FixItHint()); 9328 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9329 } 9330 } 9331 9332 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9333 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9334 9335 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9336 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9337 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9338 9339 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9340 9341 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9342 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9343 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9344 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9345 } 9346 9347 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9348 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9349 // getting shifty. 9350 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9351 HasExtraParameters = false; 9352 9353 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9354 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9355 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9356 nparams = 3; 9357 } 9358 9359 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9360 // if we had some location information about types. 9361 9362 QualType CharPP = 9363 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9364 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9365 9366 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9367 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9368 9369 bool mismatch = true; 9370 9371 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9372 mismatch = false; 9373 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9374 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9375 // char const ** 9376 // char const * const * 9377 // char * const * 9378 9379 QualifierCollector qs; 9380 const PointerType* PT; 9381 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9382 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9383 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9384 Context.CharTy)) { 9385 qs.removeConst(); 9386 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9387 } 9388 } 9389 9390 if (mismatch) { 9391 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9392 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9393 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9394 } 9395 } 9396 9397 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9398 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9399 } 9400 9401 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9402 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9403 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9404 } 9405 } 9406 9407 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9408 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9409 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9410 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9411 9412 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9413 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9414 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9415 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9416 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9417 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9418 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9419 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9420 9421 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9422 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9423 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9424 } 9425 } 9426 9427 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9428 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9429 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9430 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9431 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9432 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9433 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9434 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9435 // rules there don't matter.) 9436 const Expr *Culprit; 9437 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9438 return false; 9439 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9440 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9441 return true; 9442 } 9443 9444 namespace { 9445 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9446 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9447 class SelfReferenceChecker 9448 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9449 Sema &S; 9450 Decl *OrigDecl; 9451 bool isRecordType; 9452 bool isPODType; 9453 bool isReferenceType; 9454 9455 bool isInitList; 9456 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9457 9458 public: 9459 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9460 9461 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9462 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9463 isPODType = false; 9464 isRecordType = false; 9465 isReferenceType = false; 9466 isInitList = false; 9467 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9468 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9469 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9470 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9471 } 9472 } 9473 9474 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9475 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9476 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9477 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9478 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9479 if (!InitList) { 9480 Visit(E); 9481 return; 9482 } 9483 9484 // Track and increment the index here. 9485 isInitList = true; 9486 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9487 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9488 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9489 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9490 } 9491 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9492 } 9493 9494 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9495 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9496 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9497 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9498 Expr *Base = E; 9499 bool ReferenceField = false; 9500 9501 // Get the field memebers used. 9502 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9503 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9504 if (!FD) 9505 return false; 9506 Fields.push_back(FD); 9507 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9508 ReferenceField = true; 9509 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9510 } 9511 9512 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9513 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9514 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9515 return false; 9516 9517 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9518 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9519 return true; 9520 9521 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9522 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9523 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9524 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9525 9526 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9527 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9528 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9529 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9530 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9531 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9532 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9533 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9534 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9535 return true; 9536 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9537 break; 9538 } 9539 9540 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9541 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9542 return true; 9543 } 9544 9545 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9546 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9547 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9548 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9549 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9550 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9551 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9552 return; 9553 } 9554 9555 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9556 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9557 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9558 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9559 return; 9560 } 9561 9562 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9563 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9564 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9565 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9566 return; 9567 } 9568 9569 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9570 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9571 return; 9572 } 9573 9574 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9575 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9576 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9577 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9578 return; 9579 } 9580 } 9581 9582 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9583 if (isInitList) { 9584 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9585 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9586 return; 9587 } 9588 9589 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9590 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9591 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9592 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9593 return; 9594 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9595 } 9596 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9597 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9598 return; 9599 } 9600 9601 Visit(E); 9602 } 9603 9604 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9605 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9606 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9607 if (isReferenceType) 9608 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9609 } 9610 9611 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9612 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9613 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9614 return; 9615 } 9616 9617 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9618 } 9619 9620 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9621 if (isInitList) { 9622 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9623 return; 9624 } 9625 9626 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9627 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9628 9629 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9630 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9631 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9632 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9633 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9634 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9635 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9636 Warn = false; 9637 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9638 } 9639 9640 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9641 if (Warn) 9642 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9643 return; 9644 } 9645 9646 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9647 // Visit that expression. 9648 Visit(Base); 9649 } 9650 9651 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9652 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9653 9654 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9655 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9656 9657 Visit(Callee); 9658 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9659 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9660 } 9661 9662 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9663 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9664 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9665 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9666 if (!isPODType) 9667 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9668 return; 9669 } 9670 9671 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9672 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9673 return; 9674 } 9675 9676 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9677 } 9678 9679 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9680 9681 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9682 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9683 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9684 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9685 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9686 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9687 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9688 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9689 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9690 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9691 return; 9692 } 9693 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9694 } 9695 9696 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9697 // Treat std::move as a use. 9698 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9699 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9700 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9701 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9702 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9703 return; 9704 } 9705 } 9706 } 9707 9708 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9709 } 9710 9711 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9712 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9713 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9714 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9715 return; 9716 } 9717 9718 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9719 } 9720 9721 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9722 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9723 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9724 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9725 Visit(E->getCond()); 9726 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9727 } 9728 9729 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9730 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9731 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9732 unsigned diag; 9733 if (isReferenceType) { 9734 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9735 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9736 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9737 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9738 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9739 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9740 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9741 } else { 9742 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9743 return; 9744 } 9745 9746 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9747 S.PDiag(diag) 9748 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9749 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9750 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9751 } 9752 }; 9753 9754 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9755 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9756 bool DirectInit) { 9757 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9758 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9759 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9760 return; 9761 9762 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9763 9764 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9765 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9766 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9767 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9768 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9769 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9770 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9771 return; 9772 9773 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9774 } 9775 } // end anonymous namespace 9776 9777 namespace { 9778 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 9779 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 9780 struct VarDeclOrName { 9781 VarDecl *VDecl; 9782 DeclarationName Name; 9783 9784 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 9785 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 9786 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 9787 } 9788 }; 9789 } // end anonymous namespace 9790 9791 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9792 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9793 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9794 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9795 Expr *Init) { 9796 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9797 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9798 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9799 9800 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 9801 9802 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 9803 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 9804 9805 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 9806 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduced_class_template_not_supported); 9807 return QualType(); 9808 } 9809 9810 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9811 if (DirectInit) { 9812 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9813 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9814 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9815 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9816 } 9817 9818 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9819 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9820 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9821 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9822 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9823 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9824 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9825 << VN << Type << Range; 9826 return QualType(); 9827 } 9828 9829 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9830 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9831 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9832 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9833 << VN << Type << Range; 9834 return QualType(); 9835 } 9836 9837 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9838 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9839 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9840 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9841 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9842 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 9843 return QualType(); 9844 } 9845 9846 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9847 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9848 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9849 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9850 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9851 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9852 return QualType(); 9853 } 9854 Init = Result.get(); 9855 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9856 } 9857 9858 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 9859 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 9860 // is present, e has type cv A 9861 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 9862 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 9863 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 9864 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 9865 Type.getQualifiers()); 9866 9867 QualType DeducedType; 9868 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9869 if (!IsInitCapture) 9870 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9871 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9872 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9873 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9874 << VN 9875 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9876 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9877 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9878 else 9879 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9880 << VN << TSI->getType() 9881 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9882 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9883 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9884 } 9885 9886 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9887 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9888 // checks. 9889 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9890 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9891 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9892 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9893 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9894 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 9895 } 9896 9897 return DeducedType; 9898 } 9899 9900 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9901 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9902 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9903 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 9904 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9905 // the initializer. 9906 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9907 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9908 return; 9909 } 9910 9911 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9912 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9913 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9914 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9915 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9916 return; 9917 } 9918 9919 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9920 if (!VDecl) { 9921 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9922 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9923 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9924 return; 9925 } 9926 9927 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9928 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9929 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9930 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9931 // TypoExpr. 9932 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9933 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9934 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9935 return; 9936 } 9937 Init = Res.get(); 9938 9939 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9940 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9941 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9942 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9943 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9944 return; 9945 } 9946 9947 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9948 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9949 9950 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9951 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9952 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9953 9954 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9955 // the previously declared type. 9956 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9957 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9958 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9959 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9960 } 9961 9962 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9963 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9964 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9965 return; 9966 } 9967 9968 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9969 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9970 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9971 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9972 return; 9973 } 9974 9975 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9976 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9977 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9978 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9979 return; 9980 } 9981 9982 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9983 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9984 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9985 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9986 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9987 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9988 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9989 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9990 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9991 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9992 return; 9993 } 9994 9995 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9996 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9997 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9998 AbstractVariableType)) 9999 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10000 } 10001 10002 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10003 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10004 // handle the situation. 10005 VarDecl *Def; 10006 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10007 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10008 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10009 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10010 return; 10011 10012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10013 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10014 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10015 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10016 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10017 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10018 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10019 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10020 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10021 // 10022 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10023 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10024 // declaration with an initializer. 10025 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10026 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10027 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10028 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10029 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10030 << 0; 10031 return; 10032 } 10033 10034 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10035 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10036 10037 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10038 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10039 return; 10040 } 10041 } 10042 10043 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10044 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10045 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10046 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10047 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10048 return; 10049 } 10050 10051 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10052 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10053 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10054 10055 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10056 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10057 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10058 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10059 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10060 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10061 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10062 return; 10063 } 10064 Init = Result.get(); 10065 } 10066 10067 // Perform the initialization. 10068 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10069 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10070 // Handle errors like: int a({0}) 10071 if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 && 10072 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType())) 10073 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) { 10074 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 10075 << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange() 10076 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart()) 10077 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd()); 10078 Init = IList; 10079 CXXDirectInit = nullptr; 10080 } 10081 10082 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10083 InitializationKind Kind = 10084 DirectInit 10085 ? CXXDirectInit 10086 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 10087 Init->getLocStart(), 10088 Init->getLocEnd()) 10089 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 10090 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 10091 Init->getLocStart()); 10092 10093 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10094 if (CXXDirectInit) 10095 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10096 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10097 10098 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10099 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10100 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10101 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10102 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10103 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10104 }); 10105 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10106 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10107 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10108 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10109 } 10110 } 10111 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10112 return; 10113 10114 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10115 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10116 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10117 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10118 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10119 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10120 return; 10121 } 10122 10123 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10124 } 10125 10126 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10127 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10128 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10129 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10130 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10131 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10132 } 10133 10134 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10135 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10136 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10137 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10138 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10139 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10140 10141 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10142 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10143 10144 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10145 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10146 10147 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10148 // Although this code can still have problems: 10149 // id x = self.weakProp; 10150 // id y = self.weakProp; 10151 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10152 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10153 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10154 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 10155 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10156 Init->getLocStart())) 10157 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10158 } 10159 10160 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10161 // 10162 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10163 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10164 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10165 // 10166 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10167 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10168 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10169 // 10170 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10171 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10172 false, 10173 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10174 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10175 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10176 return; 10177 } 10178 Init = Result.get(); 10179 10180 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10181 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10182 10183 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10184 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10185 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10186 // C++ does not have this restriction. 10187 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10188 const Expr *Culprit; 10189 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10190 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10191 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 10192 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10193 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10194 // constant expressions. 10195 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10196 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 10197 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10198 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10199 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10200 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10201 } 10202 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10203 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10204 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10205 // 10206 // struct S { 10207 // static const int value = 17; 10208 // }; 10209 10210 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10211 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10212 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10213 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10214 // 10215 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10216 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10217 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10218 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 10219 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10220 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10221 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10222 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10223 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10224 10225 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10226 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10227 10228 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10229 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10230 // type. 10231 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10232 10233 // Require constness. 10234 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10235 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10236 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10237 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10238 10239 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10240 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10241 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10242 SourceLocation Loc; 10243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10244 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10245 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10246 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10247 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10248 ; // Nothing to check. 10249 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10250 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10251 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10252 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10253 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10254 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10255 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10256 } else { 10257 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10258 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10259 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10260 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10261 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10262 } 10263 10264 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10265 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10266 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10267 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10268 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10269 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10270 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10271 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10272 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10273 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10274 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10275 } else { 10276 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10277 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10278 10279 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10280 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10281 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10282 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10283 } 10284 } 10285 10286 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10287 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10288 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10289 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10290 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10291 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10292 10293 } else { 10294 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10295 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10296 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10297 } 10298 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10299 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10300 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10301 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10302 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10303 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10304 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10305 // C++ rules. 10306 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10307 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10308 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10309 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10310 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10311 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10312 10313 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10314 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10315 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10316 } 10317 10318 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10319 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10320 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10321 // 10322 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10323 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10324 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10325 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10326 // special case code. 10327 10328 // C++ 8.5p11: 10329 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10330 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10331 // class type. 10332 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10333 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10334 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10335 } else if (DirectInit) { 10336 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10337 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10338 } 10339 10340 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10341 } 10342 10343 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10344 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10345 /// of sanity. 10346 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10347 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10348 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10349 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10350 10351 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10352 if (!VD) return; 10353 10354 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10355 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10356 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10357 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10358 10359 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10360 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10361 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10362 return; 10363 } 10364 10365 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10366 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10367 10368 // Require a complete type. 10369 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10370 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10371 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10372 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10373 return; 10374 } 10375 10376 // Require a non-abstract type. 10377 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10378 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10379 AbstractVariableType)) { 10380 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10381 return; 10382 } 10383 10384 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10385 // though. 10386 } 10387 10388 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized 10389 /// init-list. 10390 /// 10391 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized. 10392 /// 10393 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'. 10394 /// 10395 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) { 10396 return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() || 10397 TargetType->getContainedAutoType(); 10398 } 10399 10400 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10401 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10402 if (!RealDecl) 10403 return; 10404 10405 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10406 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10407 10408 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10409 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10410 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10411 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10412 return; 10413 } 10414 10415 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10416 if (Type->isUndeducedType()) { 10417 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10418 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10419 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10420 return; 10421 } 10422 10423 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10424 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10425 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10426 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10427 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10428 // member. 10429 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10430 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10431 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10432 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10433 // a definition there. 10434 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10435 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10436 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10437 << Var->getDeclName(); 10438 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10439 return; 10440 } 10441 } else { 10442 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10443 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10444 return; 10445 } 10446 } 10447 10448 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10449 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10450 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10451 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10452 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10453 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10454 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10455 return; 10456 } 10457 } 10458 10459 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10460 // be initialized. 10461 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10462 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10463 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10464 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10465 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10466 return; 10467 } 10468 10469 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10470 case VarDecl::Definition: 10471 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10472 break; 10473 10474 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10475 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10476 // a declaration. 10477 // 10478 // Fall through 10479 10480 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10481 // It's only a declaration. 10482 10483 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10484 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10485 // object shall be complete. 10486 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10487 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10488 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10489 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10490 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10491 10492 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10493 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10494 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10495 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10496 AbstractVariableType)) 10497 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10498 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10499 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10500 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10501 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10502 } 10503 10504 return; 10505 10506 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10507 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10508 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10509 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10510 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10511 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10512 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10513 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10514 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10515 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10516 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10517 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10518 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10519 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10520 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10521 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10522 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10523 // NOTE: code such as the following 10524 // static struct s; 10525 // struct s { int a; }; 10526 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10527 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10528 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10529 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10530 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10531 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10532 } 10533 } 10534 10535 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10536 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10537 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10538 return; 10539 } 10540 10541 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10542 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10543 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10544 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10545 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10546 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10547 return; 10548 } 10549 10550 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10551 // definitions with reference type. 10552 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10553 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10554 << Var->getDeclName() 10555 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10556 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10557 return; 10558 } 10559 10560 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10561 // variable with dependent type. 10562 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10563 return; 10564 10565 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10566 return; 10567 10568 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10569 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10570 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10571 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10572 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10573 return; 10574 } 10575 } else { 10576 return; 10577 } 10578 10579 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10580 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10581 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10582 AbstractVariableType)) { 10583 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10584 return; 10585 } 10586 10587 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10588 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10589 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10590 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10591 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10592 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10593 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10594 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10595 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10596 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10597 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10598 if (const RecordType *Record 10599 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10600 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10601 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10602 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10603 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10604 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10605 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10606 } 10607 } 10608 10609 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10610 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10611 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10612 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10613 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10614 // type shall have a user-declared default 10615 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10616 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10617 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10618 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10619 // program is ill-formed. 10620 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10621 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10622 // default-initialized; [...]. 10623 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10624 InitializationKind Kind 10625 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10626 10627 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10628 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10629 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10630 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10631 else if (Init.get()) { 10632 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10633 // This is important for template substitution. 10634 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10635 } 10636 10637 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10638 } 10639 } 10640 10641 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10642 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10643 if (!D) 10644 return; 10645 10646 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10647 if (!VD) { 10648 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10649 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10650 return; 10651 } 10652 10653 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10654 10655 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10656 int Error = -1; 10657 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10658 case SC_None: 10659 break; 10660 case SC_Extern: 10661 Error = 0; 10662 break; 10663 case SC_Static: 10664 Error = 1; 10665 break; 10666 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10667 Error = 2; 10668 break; 10669 case SC_Auto: 10670 Error = 3; 10671 break; 10672 case SC_Register: 10673 Error = 4; 10674 break; 10675 } 10676 if (Error != -1) { 10677 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10678 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10679 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10680 } 10681 } 10682 10683 StmtResult 10684 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10685 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10686 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10687 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10688 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10689 // A range-based for statement of the form 10690 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10691 // is equivalent to 10692 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10693 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10694 10695 const char *PrevSpec; 10696 unsigned DiagID; 10697 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10698 getPrintingPolicy()); 10699 10700 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10701 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10702 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10703 10704 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10705 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10706 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10707 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10708 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10709 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10710 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10711 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10712 } 10713 10714 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10715 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10716 10717 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10718 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10719 // initialiser 10720 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10721 !var->hasInit()) { 10722 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10723 << 1 /*Init*/; 10724 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10725 return; 10726 } 10727 } 10728 10729 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10730 // local retaining variable. 10731 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10732 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10733 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10734 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10735 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10736 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10737 break; 10738 10739 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10740 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10741 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10742 break; 10743 } 10744 } 10745 10746 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10747 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10748 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10749 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10750 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10751 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10752 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10753 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10754 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10755 var->getLocation())) { 10756 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10757 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10758 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10759 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10760 10761 if (!prev) 10762 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10763 } 10764 10765 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10766 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10767 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10768 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10769 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10770 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10771 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10772 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10773 }; 10774 10775 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10776 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10777 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10778 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10779 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10780 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10781 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10782 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10783 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10784 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10785 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10786 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10787 // initialization. 10788 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10789 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10790 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10791 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10792 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10793 } 10794 } 10795 } 10796 10797 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10798 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10799 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10800 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10801 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10802 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10803 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10804 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10805 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10806 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10807 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10808 } else { 10809 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10810 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10811 } 10812 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10813 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10814 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10815 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10816 } 10817 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10818 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10819 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10820 10821 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10822 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10823 // attribute. 10824 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10825 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10826 CurInitSegLoc)); 10827 } 10828 10829 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10830 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10831 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10832 // current module. 10833 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10834 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10835 return; 10836 } 10837 10838 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10839 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10840 10841 QualType type = var->getType(); 10842 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10843 10844 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10845 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10846 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10847 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10848 10849 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10850 // constructing this copy. 10851 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10852 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10853 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10854 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10855 ExprResult result 10856 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10857 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10858 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10859 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10860 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10861 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10862 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10863 } 10864 } 10865 } 10866 10867 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10868 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10869 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10870 10871 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10872 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10873 10874 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10875 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10876 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10877 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10878 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10879 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10880 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10881 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10882 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10883 Notes.clear(); 10884 } 10885 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10886 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10887 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10888 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10889 } 10890 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10891 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10892 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10893 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10894 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10895 } 10896 10897 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10898 // were just diagnosed. 10899 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10900 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10901 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10902 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10903 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10904 if (DiagErr) { 10905 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10906 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10907 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10908 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10909 << attr->getRange(); 10910 } 10911 } 10912 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10913 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10914 var->getLocation())) { 10915 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10916 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10917 // warned about them. 10918 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10919 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10920 if (!checkConstInit()) 10921 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10922 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10923 } 10924 } 10925 } 10926 10927 // Require the destructor. 10928 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10929 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10930 10931 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10932 // module. 10933 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10934 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10935 } 10936 10937 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10938 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10939 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10940 return true; 10941 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10942 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10943 return true; 10944 return false; 10945 } 10946 10947 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10948 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10949 void 10950 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10951 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10952 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10953 10954 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10955 if (!VD) 10956 return; 10957 10958 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10959 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10960 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 10961 } 10962 } 10963 10964 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10965 10966 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10967 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10968 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10969 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10970 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10971 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10972 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 10973 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10974 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10975 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10976 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10977 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10978 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10979 } 10980 } 10981 } 10982 10983 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10984 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10985 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10986 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10987 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10988 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10989 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10990 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10991 } 10992 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10993 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10994 // static storage class. 10995 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 10996 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 10997 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 10998 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 10999 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11000 } 11001 } 11002 11003 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11004 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11005 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11006 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11007 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11008 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11009 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11010 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11011 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11012 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11013 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11014 bool AllowedInit = false; 11015 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11016 AllowedInit = 11017 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11018 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11019 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11020 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11021 if (!AllowedInit && 11022 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11023 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11024 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11025 11026 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11027 if (AllowedInit) 11028 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11029 AllowedInit = 11030 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11031 11032 if (!AllowedInit) { 11033 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11034 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11035 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11036 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11037 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11038 } 11039 } else { 11040 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11041 // callable from the host side. 11042 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11043 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11044 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11045 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11046 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11047 } 11048 if (InitFn) { 11049 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11050 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11051 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11052 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11053 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11054 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11055 } 11056 } 11057 } 11058 } 11059 } 11060 11061 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11062 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11063 11064 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11065 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11066 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11067 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11068 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11069 // with a warning. 11070 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11071 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11072 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11073 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11074 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11075 11076 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11077 IsClassTemplateMember 11078 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11079 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11080 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11081 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11082 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11083 } 11084 } 11085 11086 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11087 // isn't exported with the variable. 11088 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11089 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11090 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11091 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11092 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11093 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11094 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11095 } else { 11096 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11097 << DLLAttr; 11098 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11099 } 11100 } 11101 11102 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11103 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11104 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11105 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11106 } 11107 } 11108 11109 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11110 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11111 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11112 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11113 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11114 11115 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 11116 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11117 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11118 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11119 11120 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11121 // tag values. 11122 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11123 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11124 return; 11125 11126 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11127 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11128 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11129 continue; 11130 } 11131 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11132 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11133 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11134 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11135 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11136 continue; 11137 } 11138 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11139 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11140 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11141 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11142 continue; 11143 } 11144 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11145 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11146 MagicValue, 11147 I->getMatchingCType(), 11148 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11149 I->getMustBeNull()); 11150 } 11151 } 11152 11153 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11154 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11155 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11156 } 11157 11158 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11159 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11160 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11161 11162 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11163 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11164 11165 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11166 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11167 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11168 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11169 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11170 11171 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11172 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11173 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11174 // to perform. 11175 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11176 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11177 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11178 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11179 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11180 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.containsPlaceholderType() && 11181 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11182 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11183 11184 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11185 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11186 // declaration in the same group. 11187 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11188 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11189 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11190 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11191 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11192 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11193 } 11194 11195 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11196 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11197 // declarator in the same group. 11198 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11199 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11200 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11201 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11202 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11203 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11204 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11205 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11206 } 11207 } 11208 } 11209 11210 Decls.push_back(D); 11211 } 11212 } 11213 11214 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11215 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11216 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11217 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11218 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11219 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11220 } 11221 } 11222 11223 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11224 } 11225 11226 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11227 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11228 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11229 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11230 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11231 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11232 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11233 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11234 QualType Deduced; 11235 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11236 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11237 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11238 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11239 break; 11240 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 11241 if (!AT || AT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11242 continue; 11243 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11244 Deduced = AT->getDeducedType(); 11245 DeducedDecl = D; 11246 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(AT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11247 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11248 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11249 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 11250 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11251 << AT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11252 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11253 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11254 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11255 break; 11256 } 11257 } 11258 } 11259 11260 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11261 11262 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11263 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11264 } 11265 11266 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11267 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11268 } 11269 11270 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11271 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11272 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11273 return; 11274 11275 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11276 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11277 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11278 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11279 return; 11280 11281 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11282 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11283 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11284 // additional declaration references: 11285 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11286 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11287 // 'struct S *pS;' 11288 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11289 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11290 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11291 Group = Group.slice(1); 11292 } 11293 } 11294 11295 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11296 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11297 if (!Comments.empty() && 11298 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11299 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11300 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11301 // 11302 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11303 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11304 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11305 // ahead through comments. 11306 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11307 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11308 } 11309 } 11310 11311 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11312 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11313 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11314 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11315 11316 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11317 11318 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11319 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11320 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11321 SC = SC_Register; 11322 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11323 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11324 SC = SC_Auto; 11325 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11326 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11327 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11328 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11329 } 11330 11331 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11332 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11333 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11334 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11335 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11336 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11337 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11338 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11339 << 0; 11340 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11341 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11342 11343 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11344 11345 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11346 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11347 11348 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11349 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11350 // parameter. 11351 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11352 11353 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11354 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11355 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11356 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11357 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11358 } 11359 } 11360 11361 // Ensure we have a valid name 11362 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11363 if (D.hasName()) { 11364 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11365 if (!II) { 11366 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11367 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11368 D.setInvalidType(true); 11369 } 11370 } 11371 11372 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11373 if (II) { 11374 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11375 ForRedeclaration); 11376 LookupName(R, S); 11377 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11378 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11379 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11380 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11381 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11382 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11383 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11384 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11385 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11386 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11387 11388 // Recover by removing the name 11389 II = nullptr; 11390 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11391 D.setInvalidType(true); 11392 } 11393 } 11394 } 11395 11396 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11397 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11398 // looking like class members in C++. 11399 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11400 D.getLocStart(), 11401 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11402 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11403 SC); 11404 11405 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11406 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11407 11408 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11409 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11410 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11411 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11412 11413 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11414 S->AddDecl(New); 11415 if (II) 11416 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11417 11418 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11419 11420 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11421 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11422 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11423 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11424 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11425 11426 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11427 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11428 } 11429 return New; 11430 } 11431 11432 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11433 /// typedef. 11434 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11435 SourceLocation Loc, 11436 QualType T) { 11437 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11438 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11439 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11440 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11441 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11442 SC_None, nullptr); 11443 Param->setImplicit(); 11444 return Param; 11445 } 11446 11447 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11448 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11449 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11450 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 11451 return; 11452 11453 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11454 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11455 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11456 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11457 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11458 } 11459 } 11460 } 11461 11462 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11463 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11464 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11465 return; 11466 11467 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11468 // threshold. 11469 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11470 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11471 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11472 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11473 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11474 } 11475 11476 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11477 // threshold. 11478 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11479 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11480 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11481 continue; 11482 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11483 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11484 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11485 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11486 } 11487 } 11488 11489 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11490 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11491 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11492 StorageClass SC) { 11493 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11494 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11495 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11496 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11497 11498 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11499 11500 // Special cases for arrays: 11501 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11502 // - otherwise, it's an error 11503 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11504 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11505 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11506 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11507 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11508 } 11509 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11510 } else { 11511 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11512 } 11513 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11514 } 11515 11516 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11517 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11518 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11519 11520 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11521 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11522 // the class has been completely parsed. 11523 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11524 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11525 AbstractParamType)) 11526 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11527 11528 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11529 // passed by reference. 11530 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11531 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11532 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11533 Diag(NameLoc, 11534 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11535 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11536 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11537 New->setType(T); 11538 } 11539 11540 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11541 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11542 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11543 // an address space. 11544 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11545 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11546 // to be qualified with an address space. 11547 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11548 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11549 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11550 } 11551 } 11552 11553 return New; 11554 } 11555 11556 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11557 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11558 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11559 11560 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11561 // for a K&R function. 11562 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11563 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11564 --i; 11565 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11566 SmallString<256> Code; 11567 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11568 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11569 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11570 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11571 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11572 11573 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11574 // type. 11575 AttributeFactory attrs; 11576 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11577 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11578 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11579 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11580 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11581 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11582 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11583 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11584 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11585 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11586 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11587 } 11588 } 11589 } 11590 } 11591 11592 Decl * 11593 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11594 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11595 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11596 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11597 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11598 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11599 11600 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11601 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11602 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11603 } 11604 11605 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11606 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11607 } 11608 11609 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11610 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11611 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11612 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11613 return false; 11614 11615 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11616 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11617 return false; 11618 11619 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11620 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11621 return false; 11622 11623 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11624 if (FD->isMain()) 11625 return false; 11626 11627 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11628 if (FD->isInlined()) 11629 return false; 11630 11631 // Don't warn about function templates. 11632 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11633 return false; 11634 11635 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11636 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11637 return false; 11638 11639 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11640 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11641 return false; 11642 11643 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11644 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11645 return false; 11646 11647 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11648 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11649 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11650 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11651 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11652 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11653 continue; 11654 11655 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11656 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11657 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11658 break; 11659 } 11660 11661 return MissingPrototype; 11662 } 11663 11664 void 11665 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11666 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11667 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11668 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11669 // was an extern inline function. 11670 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11671 if (!Definition) 11672 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11673 return; 11674 11675 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11676 return; 11677 11678 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11679 // a template, skip the new definition. 11680 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11681 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11682 Definition->isInlined() || 11683 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11684 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11685 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11686 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11687 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11688 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11689 FD->getLocation()); 11690 return; 11691 } 11692 11693 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11694 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11695 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11696 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11697 else 11698 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11699 11700 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11701 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11702 } 11703 11704 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11705 Sema &S) { 11706 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11707 11708 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11709 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11710 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11711 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11712 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11713 11714 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11715 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11716 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11717 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11718 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11719 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11720 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11721 11722 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11723 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11724 11725 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11726 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11727 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11728 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11729 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11730 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11731 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11732 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11733 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11734 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11735 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11736 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11737 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11738 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11739 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11740 11741 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11742 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11743 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11744 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11745 } else { 11746 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11747 } 11748 ++I; 11749 } 11750 } 11751 11752 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11753 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11754 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11755 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11756 11757 if (!D) 11758 return D; 11759 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11760 11761 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11762 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11763 else 11764 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11765 11766 // See if this is a redefinition. 11767 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11768 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11769 11770 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11771 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11772 return D; 11773 } 11774 11775 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 11776 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 11777 // this function. 11778 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 11779 11780 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11781 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11782 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11783 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11784 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11785 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11786 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11787 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11788 // have the LSI properly restored. 11789 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11790 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11791 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11792 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11793 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11794 } 11795 else 11796 // Enter a new function scope 11797 PushFunctionScope(); 11798 11799 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11800 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11801 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11802 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11803 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11804 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11805 } 11806 } 11807 11808 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11809 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11810 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11811 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11812 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11813 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11814 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11815 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11816 11817 if (FnBodyScope) 11818 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11819 11820 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11821 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11822 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11823 11824 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 11825 // scope. 11826 if (FnBodyScope) { 11827 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 11828 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 11829 if (!NonParmDecl) 11830 continue; 11831 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 11832 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 11833 11834 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 11835 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 11836 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11837 11838 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11839 // accessible in this scope. 11840 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 11841 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11842 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11843 } 11844 } 11845 } 11846 11847 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11848 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11849 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11850 11851 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11852 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11853 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11854 11855 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11856 } 11857 } 11858 11859 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11860 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11861 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11862 11863 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11864 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11865 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11866 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11867 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11868 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11869 return D; 11870 } 11871 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11872 // a function template). 11873 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11874 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11875 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11876 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11877 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11878 11879 return D; 11880 } 11881 11882 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11883 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11884 /// optimization. 11885 /// 11886 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11887 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11888 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11889 /// use the named return value optimization. 11890 /// 11891 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11892 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11893 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11894 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11895 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11896 11897 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11898 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11899 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11900 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11901 } 11902 } 11903 } 11904 11905 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11906 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11907 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11908 return false; 11909 11910 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11911 // return type (yet). 11912 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11913 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11914 // we can still delay parsing it. 11915 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11916 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11917 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11918 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11919 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11920 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11921 } 11922 } 11923 return false; 11924 } 11925 11926 return true; 11927 } 11928 11929 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11930 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11931 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11932 // rest of the file. 11933 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11934 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11935 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11936 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11937 return false; 11938 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11939 } 11940 11941 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11942 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11943 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11944 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11945 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11946 return Decl; 11947 } 11948 11949 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11950 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11951 } 11952 11953 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11954 bool IsInstantiation) { 11955 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11956 11957 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11958 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11959 11960 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11961 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11962 11963 if (FD) { 11964 FD->setBody(Body); 11965 11966 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11967 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11968 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11969 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11970 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11971 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11972 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11973 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11974 << FD->getReturnType(); 11975 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11976 } else { 11977 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11978 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11979 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11980 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11981 } 11982 } 11983 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11984 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11985 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11986 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11987 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11988 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11989 11990 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11991 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11992 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11993 QualType RetType = 11994 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11995 11996 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11997 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11998 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11999 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12000 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12001 } 12002 } 12003 12004 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12005 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12006 // is the first declaration. 12007 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12008 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12009 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12010 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12011 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12012 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12013 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12014 } 12015 12016 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12017 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12018 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12019 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12020 12021 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12022 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12023 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12024 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12025 12026 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12027 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12028 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12029 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12030 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12031 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12032 12033 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12034 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12035 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12036 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12037 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12038 12039 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12040 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12041 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12042 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12043 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12044 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12045 } 12046 12047 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12048 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12049 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12050 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12051 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12052 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12053 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12054 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12055 12056 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12057 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12058 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12059 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12060 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12061 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12062 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12063 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12064 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12065 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12066 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12067 } 12068 } 12069 12070 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12071 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12072 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12073 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12074 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12075 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12076 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12077 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12078 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12079 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12080 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12081 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.castAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12082 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1; 12083 } 12084 } 12085 12086 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12087 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12088 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12089 MD->isVirtual() && 12090 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12091 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12092 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12093 if (FD->isInlined() && 12094 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12095 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12096 12097 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12098 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12099 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12100 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12101 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12102 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12103 } else { 12104 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12105 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12106 } 12107 } 12108 } 12109 12110 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12111 "Function parsing confused"); 12112 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12113 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12114 MD->setBody(Body); 12115 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12116 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12117 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12118 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12119 12120 if (Body) 12121 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12122 } 12123 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12124 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12125 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12126 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12127 } 12128 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12129 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12130 bool isDesignated = 12131 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12132 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12133 (void)isDesignated; 12134 12135 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12136 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12137 if (!IFace) 12138 return false; 12139 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12140 if (!SuperD) 12141 return false; 12142 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12143 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12144 }; 12145 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12146 // of NSObject. 12147 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12148 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12149 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12150 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12151 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12152 } 12153 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12154 } 12155 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12156 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12157 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12158 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12159 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12160 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12161 } 12162 } else { 12163 return nullptr; 12164 } 12165 12166 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12167 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12168 12169 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12170 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12171 "handled in the block above."); 12172 12173 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12174 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12175 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12176 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12177 // Verify this. 12178 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12179 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12180 12181 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12182 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12183 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12184 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12185 12186 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12187 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12188 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12189 12190 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12191 Destructor->getParent()); 12192 } 12193 12194 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12195 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12196 // deletion in some later function. 12197 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12198 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12199 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12200 } 12201 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12202 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12203 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12204 // enabled. 12205 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12206 } 12207 12208 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12209 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12210 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12211 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12212 12213 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12214 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12215 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12216 // require prologue. 12217 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12218 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12219 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12220 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12221 RegisterVariables = 12222 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12223 if (!RegisterVariables) 12224 break; 12225 } 12226 } 12227 } 12228 if (RegisterVariables) 12229 continue; 12230 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12231 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12232 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12233 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12234 break; 12235 } 12236 } 12237 } 12238 12239 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12240 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12241 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12242 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12243 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12244 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12245 } 12246 12247 if (!IsInstantiation) 12248 PopDeclContext(); 12249 12250 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12251 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12252 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12253 // deletion in some later function. 12254 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12255 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12256 } 12257 12258 return dcl; 12259 } 12260 12261 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12262 /// relevant Decl. 12263 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12264 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12265 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12266 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12267 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12268 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12269 12270 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12271 if (Method->isStatic()) 12272 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12273 } 12274 12275 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12276 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12277 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12278 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12279 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12280 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12281 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12282 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12283 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12284 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12285 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12286 return ExternCPrev; 12287 } 12288 12289 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12290 unsigned diag_id; 12291 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12292 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12293 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12294 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12295 else 12296 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12297 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12298 12299 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12300 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12301 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12302 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12303 if (S && 12304 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12305 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12306 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12307 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12308 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12309 } 12310 12311 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12312 const char *Dummy; 12313 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12314 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12315 unsigned DiagID; 12316 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12317 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12318 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12319 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12320 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12321 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12322 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12323 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12324 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12325 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12326 /*NumParams=*/0, 12327 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12328 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12329 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12330 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12331 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12332 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12333 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12334 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12335 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12336 EST_None, 12337 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12338 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12339 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12340 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12341 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12342 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12343 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12344 Loc, Loc, D), 12345 DS.getAttributes(), 12346 SourceLocation()); 12347 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12348 12349 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12350 12351 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12352 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12353 12354 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12355 FD->setImplicit(); 12356 12357 CurContext = PrevDC; 12358 12359 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12360 12361 return FD; 12362 } 12363 12364 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12365 /// the declaration of this function. 12366 /// 12367 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12368 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12369 /// like NSLog or printf. 12370 /// 12371 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12372 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12373 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12374 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12375 return; 12376 12377 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12378 // actual attributes. 12379 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12380 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12381 unsigned FormatIdx; 12382 bool HasVAListArg; 12383 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12384 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12385 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12386 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12387 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12388 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12389 fmt = "NSString"; 12390 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12391 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12392 FormatIdx+1, 12393 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12394 FD->getLocation())); 12395 } 12396 } 12397 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12398 HasVAListArg)) { 12399 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12400 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12401 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12402 FormatIdx+1, 12403 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12404 FD->getLocation())); 12405 } 12406 12407 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12408 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12409 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12410 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12411 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12412 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12413 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12414 } 12415 12416 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12417 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12418 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12419 FD->getLocation())); 12420 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12421 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12422 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12423 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12424 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12425 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12426 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12427 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12428 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12429 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12430 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12431 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12432 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12433 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12434 else 12435 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12436 } 12437 } 12438 12439 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12440 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12441 // across. 12442 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12443 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12444 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12445 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12446 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12447 } 12448 12449 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12450 if (!Name) 12451 return; 12452 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12453 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12454 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12455 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12456 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12457 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12458 // about. 12459 } else 12460 return; 12461 12462 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12463 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12464 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12465 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12466 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12467 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12468 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12469 FD->getLocation())); 12470 } 12471 12472 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12473 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12474 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12475 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12476 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12477 FD->getLocation())); 12478 } 12479 } 12480 12481 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12482 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12483 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12484 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12485 12486 if (!TInfo) { 12487 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12488 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12489 } 12490 12491 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12492 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12493 D.getLocStart(), 12494 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12495 D.getIdentifier(), 12496 TInfo); 12497 12498 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12499 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12500 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12501 return NewTD; 12502 } 12503 12504 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12505 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12506 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12507 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12508 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12510 else 12511 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12512 } 12513 12514 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12515 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12516 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12517 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12518 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12519 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12520 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12521 case TST_enum: 12522 case TST_struct: 12523 case TST_interface: 12524 case TST_union: 12525 case TST_class: { 12526 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12527 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12528 break; 12529 } 12530 12531 default: 12532 break; 12533 } 12534 12535 return NewTD; 12536 } 12537 12538 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12539 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12540 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12541 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12542 12543 if (T->isDependentType()) 12544 return false; 12545 12546 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12547 if (BT->isInteger()) 12548 return false; 12549 12550 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12551 return true; 12552 } 12553 12554 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12555 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12556 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12557 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12558 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12559 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12560 12561 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12562 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12563 << Prev->isScoped(); 12564 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12565 return true; 12566 } 12567 12568 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12569 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12570 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12571 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12572 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12573 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12574 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12575 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12576 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12577 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12578 return true; 12579 } 12580 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12581 ; 12582 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12583 ; 12584 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12585 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12586 << Prev->isFixed(); 12587 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12588 return true; 12589 } 12590 12591 return false; 12592 } 12593 12594 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12595 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12596 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12597 /// 12598 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12599 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12600 switch (Tag) { 12601 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12602 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12603 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12604 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12605 } 12606 } 12607 12608 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12609 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12610 /// 12611 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12612 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12613 { 12614 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12615 } 12616 12617 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12618 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12619 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12620 return NTK_Typedef; 12621 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12622 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12623 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12624 return NTK_Template; 12625 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12626 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12627 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12628 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12629 switch (TTK) { 12630 case TTK_Struct: 12631 case TTK_Interface: 12632 case TTK_Class: 12633 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12634 case TTK_Union: 12635 return NTK_NonUnion; 12636 case TTK_Enum: 12637 return NTK_NonEnum; 12638 } 12639 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12640 } 12641 12642 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12643 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12644 /// 12645 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12646 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12647 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12648 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12649 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12650 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12651 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12652 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12653 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12654 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12655 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12656 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12657 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12658 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12659 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12660 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12661 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12662 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12663 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12664 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12665 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12666 return true; 12667 12668 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12669 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12670 bool isTemplate = false; 12671 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12672 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12673 12674 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12675 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12676 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12677 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12678 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12679 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12680 return true; 12681 } 12682 12683 if (isDefinition) { 12684 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12685 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12686 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12687 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12688 return true; 12689 } 12690 12691 bool previousMismatch = false; 12692 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12693 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12694 if (!previousMismatch) { 12695 previousMismatch = true; 12696 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12697 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12698 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12699 } 12700 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12701 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12702 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12703 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12704 } 12705 } 12706 return true; 12707 } 12708 12709 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12710 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12711 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12712 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12713 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12714 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12715 return true; 12716 } 12717 12718 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12719 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12720 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12721 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12722 12723 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12724 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12725 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12726 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12727 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12728 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12729 } 12730 12731 return true; 12732 } 12733 return false; 12734 } 12735 12736 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12737 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12738 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12739 /// namespace N { 12740 /// struct X; 12741 /// namespace M { 12742 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12743 /// } 12744 /// } 12745 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12746 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12747 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12748 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12749 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12750 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12751 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12752 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12753 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12754 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12755 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12756 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12757 return FixItHint(); 12758 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12759 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12760 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12761 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12762 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12763 break; 12764 } 12765 12766 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12767 // build an NNS. 12768 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12769 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12770 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12771 OS << "::"; 12772 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12773 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12774 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12775 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12776 } 12777 12778 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12779 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12780 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12781 /// using-declaration). 12782 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12783 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12784 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12785 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12786 12787 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12788 return true; 12789 12790 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12791 // encloses the other). 12792 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12793 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12794 return true; 12795 12796 return false; 12797 } 12798 12799 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12800 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12801 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12802 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12803 /// 12804 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12805 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12806 /// 12807 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12808 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12809 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12810 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12811 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12812 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12813 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12814 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12815 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12816 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12817 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12818 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12819 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12820 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12821 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12822 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12823 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12824 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12825 12826 OwnedDecl = false; 12827 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12828 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12829 12830 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12831 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12832 bool Invalid = false; 12833 12834 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12835 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12836 // for non-C++ cases. 12837 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12838 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12839 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12840 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12841 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12842 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12843 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12844 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12845 return nullptr; 12846 } 12847 12848 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12849 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12850 // be a member of another template). 12851 12852 if (Invalid) 12853 return nullptr; 12854 12855 OwnedDecl = false; 12856 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12857 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12858 TemplateParams, AS, 12859 ModulePrivateLoc, 12860 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12861 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12862 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12863 SkipBody); 12864 return Result.get(); 12865 } else { 12866 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12867 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12868 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12869 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12870 } 12871 } 12872 } 12873 12874 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12875 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12876 // redeclaration. 12877 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12878 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12879 12880 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12881 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12882 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12883 // type, default to int. 12884 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12885 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12886 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12887 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12888 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12889 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12890 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12891 12892 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12893 // Recover by falling back to int. 12894 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12895 12896 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12897 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12898 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12899 12900 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12901 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12902 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12903 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12904 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12905 } 12906 } 12907 } 12908 12909 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12910 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12911 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12912 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12913 12914 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12915 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12916 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12917 12918 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12919 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12920 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12921 12922 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12923 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12924 Name = nullptr; 12925 goto CreateNewDecl; 12926 } 12927 12928 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12929 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12930 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12931 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12932 if (!DC) { 12933 IsDependent = true; 12934 return nullptr; 12935 } 12936 } else { 12937 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12938 if (!DC) { 12939 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12940 << SS.getRange(); 12941 return nullptr; 12942 } 12943 } 12944 12945 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12946 return nullptr; 12947 12948 SearchDC = DC; 12949 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12950 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12951 12952 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12953 return nullptr; 12954 12955 if (Previous.empty()) { 12956 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12957 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12958 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12959 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12960 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12961 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12962 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12963 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12964 IsDependent = true; 12965 return nullptr; 12966 } 12967 12968 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12969 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12970 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12971 Name = nullptr; 12972 Invalid = true; 12973 goto CreateNewDecl; 12974 } 12975 } else if (Name) { 12976 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12977 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12978 // name different from T: 12979 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12980 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12981 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12982 return nullptr; 12983 12984 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12985 // declaration or definition. 12986 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12987 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12988 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12989 LookupName(Previous, S); 12990 12991 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12992 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12993 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12994 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12995 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12996 while (F.hasNext()) { 12997 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12998 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12999 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13000 F.erase(); 13001 } 13002 F.done(); 13003 } 13004 13005 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13006 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13007 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13008 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13009 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13010 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13011 // 13012 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13013 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13014 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13015 // 13016 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13017 // semantic context? 13018 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13019 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13020 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13021 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13022 while (F.hasNext()) { 13023 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13024 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13025 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13026 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13027 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13028 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13029 else 13030 F.erase(); 13031 } 13032 } 13033 F.done(); 13034 13035 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13036 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13037 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13038 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13039 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13040 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13041 } 13042 } 13043 13044 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13045 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13046 return nullptr; 13047 13048 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13049 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13050 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13051 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13052 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13053 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13054 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13055 } 13056 } 13057 13058 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13059 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13060 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13061 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13062 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13063 Previous.clear(); 13064 } 13065 13066 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13067 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13068 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13069 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13070 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13071 13072 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13073 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13074 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13075 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13076 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13077 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13078 isStdAlignValT = true; 13079 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13080 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13081 } 13082 } 13083 13084 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13085 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13086 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13087 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13088 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13089 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13090 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13091 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13092 13093 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13094 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13095 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13096 // 13097 // class-key identifier 13098 // 13099 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13100 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13101 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13102 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13103 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13104 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13105 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13106 // declaration. 13107 // 13108 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13109 // C structs and unions. 13110 // 13111 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13112 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13113 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13114 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13115 // 13116 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13117 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13118 // 13119 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13120 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13121 // lexical context, 13122 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13123 13124 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13125 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13126 } else { 13127 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13128 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13129 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13130 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13131 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13132 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13133 } 13134 13135 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13136 // diagnose some problems. 13137 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13138 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13139 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13140 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13141 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13142 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13143 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13144 } else { 13145 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13146 LookupName(Previous, S); 13147 } 13148 } 13149 13150 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13151 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13152 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13153 13154 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13155 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13156 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13157 13158 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13159 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13160 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13161 // in C++. 13162 // 13163 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13164 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13165 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13166 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13167 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13168 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13169 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13170 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13171 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13172 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13173 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13174 PrevDecl = Tag; 13175 Previous.clear(); 13176 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13177 Previous.resolveKind(); 13178 } 13179 } 13180 } 13181 } 13182 13183 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13184 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13185 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13186 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13187 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13188 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13189 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 13190 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13191 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13192 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13193 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13194 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13195 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13196 << 0; 13197 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13198 Previous.clear(); 13199 goto CreateNewDecl; 13200 } 13201 } 13202 13203 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13204 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13205 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13206 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13207 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13208 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13209 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13210 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13211 // struct or something similar. 13212 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13213 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13214 Name)) { 13215 bool SafeToContinue 13216 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13217 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13218 if (SafeToContinue) 13219 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13220 << Name 13221 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13222 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13223 else 13224 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13225 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13226 13227 if (SafeToContinue) 13228 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13229 else { 13230 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13231 Name = nullptr; 13232 Previous.clear(); 13233 Invalid = true; 13234 } 13235 } 13236 13237 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13238 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13239 13240 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13241 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13242 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13243 if (ScopedEnum) 13244 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13245 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13246 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13247 return PrevTagDecl; 13248 } 13249 13250 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13251 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13252 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13253 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13254 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13255 13256 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13257 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13258 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13259 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13260 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13261 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13262 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13263 } 13264 13265 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13266 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13267 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13268 // and then later defined. 13269 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13270 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13271 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13272 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13273 } 13274 13275 if (!Invalid) { 13276 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13277 // we have attributes. 13278 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13279 if (Attr) { 13280 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13281 // declaration to hold them. 13282 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13283 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13284 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13285 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 13286 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 13287 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 13288 SS.isEmpty()) { 13289 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13290 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13291 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13292 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13293 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13294 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13295 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13296 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13297 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13298 return PrevTagDecl; 13299 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13300 // that scope. 13301 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13302 } else { 13303 return PrevTagDecl; 13304 } 13305 } 13306 13307 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13308 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13309 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13310 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13311 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13312 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13313 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13314 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 13315 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13316 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13317 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13318 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13319 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13320 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13321 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13322 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13323 } 13324 13325 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13326 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13327 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13328 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13329 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13330 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13331 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13332 // use it in place of this one. 13333 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13334 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13335 return Def; 13336 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13337 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13338 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13339 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13340 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13341 else 13342 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13343 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13344 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13345 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13346 // references get the previous definition. 13347 Name = nullptr; 13348 Previous.clear(); 13349 Invalid = true; 13350 } 13351 } else { 13352 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13353 // about a nested redefinition. 13354 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13355 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13356 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13357 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13358 diag::note_previous_definition); 13359 Name = nullptr; 13360 Previous.clear(); 13361 Invalid = true; 13362 } 13363 } 13364 13365 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13366 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13367 } 13368 13369 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13370 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13371 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13372 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13373 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13374 AS = AS_none; 13375 } 13376 } 13377 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13378 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13379 13380 } else { 13381 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13382 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13383 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13384 // have distinct types. 13385 Previous.clear(); 13386 } 13387 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13388 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13389 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13390 13391 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13392 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13393 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13394 } else { 13395 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13396 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13397 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13398 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13399 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13400 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13401 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13402 << Kind; 13403 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13404 Invalid = true; 13405 13406 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13407 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13408 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13409 // do nothing 13410 13411 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13412 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13413 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13414 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13415 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13416 Invalid = true; 13417 13418 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13419 // case here. 13420 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13421 unsigned Kind = 0; 13422 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13423 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13424 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13425 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13426 Invalid = true; 13427 13428 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13429 } else { 13430 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13431 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13432 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13433 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13434 Name = nullptr; 13435 Invalid = true; 13436 } 13437 13438 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13439 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13440 Previous.clear(); 13441 } 13442 } 13443 13444 CreateNewDecl: 13445 13446 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13447 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13448 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13449 13450 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13451 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13452 // keyword. 13453 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13454 13455 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13456 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13457 // PrevDecl. 13458 TagDecl *New; 13459 13460 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13461 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13462 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13463 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13464 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13465 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13466 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13467 13468 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13469 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13470 13471 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13472 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13473 TagDecl *Def; 13474 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13475 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13476 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13477 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13478 } 13479 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13480 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13481 << New; 13482 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13483 } else { 13484 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13485 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13486 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13487 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13488 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13489 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13490 13491 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13492 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13493 // the declaration context. 13494 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13495 IsForwardReference = true; 13496 } 13497 } 13498 13499 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13500 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13501 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13502 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13503 else 13504 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13505 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13506 } 13507 } else { 13508 // struct/union/class 13509 13510 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13511 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13512 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13513 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13514 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13515 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13516 13517 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13518 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13519 } else 13520 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13521 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13522 } 13523 13524 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13525 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13526 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13528 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13529 Invalid = true; 13530 } 13531 13532 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13533 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13534 if (SS.isSet()) { 13535 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13536 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13537 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13538 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13539 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13540 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 13541 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13542 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13543 Invalid = true; 13544 13545 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13546 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13547 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13548 } 13549 } 13550 else 13551 Invalid = true; 13552 } 13553 13554 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13555 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13556 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13557 // 13558 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13559 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13560 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13561 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13562 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13563 // parsing of the struct). 13564 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13565 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13566 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13567 } 13568 } 13569 13570 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13571 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13573 << 2 13574 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13575 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13576 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13577 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13578 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13579 New->setModulePrivate(); 13580 } 13581 13582 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13583 // check the specialization. 13584 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13585 Invalid = true; 13586 13587 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13588 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13589 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13590 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13591 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13592 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13593 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13594 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13595 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13596 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13597 << Name; 13598 Invalid = true; 13599 } 13600 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13601 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13602 } 13603 } 13604 13605 if (Invalid) 13606 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13607 13608 if (Attr) 13609 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13610 13611 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13612 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13613 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13614 13615 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13616 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13617 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13618 // the tag name visible. 13619 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13620 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13621 13622 // Set the access specifier. 13623 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13624 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13625 13626 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13627 New->startDefinition(); 13628 13629 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13630 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13631 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13632 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13633 if (PrevDecl) 13634 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13635 13636 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13637 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13638 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13639 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13640 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13641 } else if (Name) { 13642 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13643 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13644 if (IsForwardReference) 13645 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13646 } else { 13647 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13648 } 13649 13650 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13651 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13652 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13653 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13654 II->isStr("FILE")) 13655 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13656 13657 if (PrevDecl) 13658 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13659 13660 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13661 // record. 13662 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13663 13664 OwnedDecl = true; 13665 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13666 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13667 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13668 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13669 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13670 RD->completeDefinition(); 13671 return nullptr; 13672 } else { 13673 return New; 13674 } 13675 } 13676 13677 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13678 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13679 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13680 13681 // Enter the tag context. 13682 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13683 13684 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13685 13686 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13687 // record. 13688 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13689 } 13690 13691 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13692 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13693 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13694 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13695 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13696 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13697 CurContext = OCD; 13698 return IDecl; 13699 } 13700 13701 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13702 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13703 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13704 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13705 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13706 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13707 13708 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13709 13710 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13711 return; 13712 13713 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13714 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13715 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13716 13717 // C++ [class]p2: 13718 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13719 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13720 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13721 // as if it were a public member name. 13722 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13723 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13724 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13725 Record->getIdentifier(), 13726 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13727 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13728 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13729 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13730 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13731 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13732 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13733 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13734 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13735 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13736 } 13737 13738 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13739 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13740 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13741 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13742 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13743 13744 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13745 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13746 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13747 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13748 RD->completeDefinition(); 13749 } 13750 13751 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13752 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13753 13754 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13755 PopDeclContext(); 13756 13757 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13758 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13759 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13760 13761 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13762 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13763 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13764 } 13765 13766 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13767 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13768 PopDeclContext(); 13769 } 13770 13771 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13772 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13773 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13774 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13775 } 13776 13777 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13778 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13779 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13780 } 13781 13782 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13783 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13784 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13785 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13786 13787 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13788 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13789 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13790 RD->completeDefinition(); 13791 } 13792 13793 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13794 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13795 // the FieldCollector. 13796 13797 PopDeclContext(); 13798 } 13799 13800 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13801 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13802 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13803 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13804 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13805 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13806 if (ZeroWidth) 13807 *ZeroWidth = true; 13808 13809 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13810 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13811 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13812 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13813 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13814 return ExprError(); 13815 if (FieldName) 13816 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13817 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13818 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13819 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13820 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13821 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13822 return ExprError(); 13823 13824 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13825 // it now. 13826 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13827 return BitWidth; 13828 13829 llvm::APSInt Value; 13830 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13831 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13832 return ICE; 13833 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13834 13835 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13836 *ZeroWidth = false; 13837 13838 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13839 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13840 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13841 13842 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13843 if (FieldName) 13844 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13845 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13846 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13847 << Value.toString(10); 13848 } 13849 13850 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13851 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13852 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13853 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13854 13855 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13856 // ABI. 13857 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13858 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13859 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13860 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13861 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13862 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13863 unsigned DiagWidth = 13864 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13865 if (FieldName) 13866 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13867 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13868 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13869 13870 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13871 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13872 << DiagWidth; 13873 } 13874 13875 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13876 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13877 // 'bool'. 13878 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13879 if (FieldName) 13880 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13881 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13882 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13883 else 13884 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13885 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13886 } 13887 } 13888 13889 return BitWidth; 13890 } 13891 13892 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13893 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13894 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13895 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13896 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13897 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13898 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13899 return Res; 13900 } 13901 13902 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13903 /// 13904 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13905 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13906 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13907 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13908 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13909 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13910 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13911 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13912 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13913 return nullptr; 13914 } 13915 13916 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13917 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13918 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13919 13920 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13921 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13922 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13923 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13924 13925 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13926 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13927 D.setInvalidType(); 13928 T = Context.IntTy; 13929 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13930 } 13931 } 13932 13933 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13934 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13936 D.setInvalidType(); 13937 } 13938 13939 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13940 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13941 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13942 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13943 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13944 D.setInvalidType(); 13945 } 13946 13947 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13948 13949 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13950 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13951 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13952 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13953 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13954 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13955 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13956 13957 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13958 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13959 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13960 LookupName(Previous, S); 13961 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13962 case LookupResult::Found: 13963 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13964 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13965 break; 13966 13967 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13968 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13969 break; 13970 13971 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13972 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13973 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13974 break; 13975 } 13976 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13977 13978 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13979 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13980 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13981 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13982 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13983 } 13984 13985 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13986 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13987 13988 bool Mutable 13989 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13990 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13991 FieldDecl *NewFD 13992 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13993 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13994 13995 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13996 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13997 13998 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13999 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14000 14001 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14002 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14003 // with the same name in the same scope. 14004 } else if (II) { 14005 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14006 } else 14007 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14008 14009 return NewFD; 14010 } 14011 14012 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14013 /// 14014 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14015 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14016 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14017 /// created. 14018 /// 14019 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14020 /// 14021 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14022 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14023 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14024 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14025 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14026 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14027 SourceLocation TSSL, 14028 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14029 Declarator *D) { 14030 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14031 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14032 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14033 14034 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14035 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14036 if (T.isNull()) { 14037 InvalidDecl = true; 14038 T = Context.IntTy; 14039 } 14040 14041 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14042 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14043 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14044 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14045 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14046 InvalidDecl = true; 14047 } else { 14048 NamedDecl *Def; 14049 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14050 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14051 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14052 InvalidDecl = true; 14053 } 14054 } 14055 } 14056 14057 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14058 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14059 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14060 InvalidDecl = true; 14061 } 14062 14063 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14064 // than a variably modified type. 14065 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14066 bool SizeIsNegative; 14067 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14068 14069 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14070 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14071 SizeIsNegative, 14072 Oversized); 14073 if (FixedTInfo) { 14074 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14075 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14076 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14077 } else { 14078 if (SizeIsNegative) 14079 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14080 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14081 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14082 << Oversized.toString(10); 14083 else 14084 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14085 InvalidDecl = true; 14086 } 14087 } 14088 14089 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14090 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14091 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14092 AbstractFieldType)) 14093 InvalidDecl = true; 14094 14095 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14096 if (InvalidDecl) 14097 BitWidth = nullptr; 14098 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14099 if (BitWidth) { 14100 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14101 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14102 if (!BitWidth) { 14103 InvalidDecl = true; 14104 BitWidth = nullptr; 14105 ZeroWidth = false; 14106 } 14107 } 14108 14109 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14110 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14111 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14112 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14113 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14114 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14115 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14116 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14117 14118 if (DiagID) { 14119 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14120 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14121 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14122 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14123 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14124 Mutable = false; 14125 InvalidDecl = true; 14126 } 14127 } 14128 } 14129 14130 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14131 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14132 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14133 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14134 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14135 14136 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14137 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14138 if (InvalidDecl) 14139 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14140 14141 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14142 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14143 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14144 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14145 } 14146 14147 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14148 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14149 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14150 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14151 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14152 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14153 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14154 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14155 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14156 // objects. 14157 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14158 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14159 } 14160 } 14161 14162 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14163 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14164 // enabled. 14165 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14166 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14167 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14168 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14169 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14170 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14171 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14172 } 14173 } 14174 } 14175 14176 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14177 // representation, not a parser representation. 14178 if (D) { 14179 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14180 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14181 14182 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14183 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14184 } 14185 14186 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14187 // retainable type. 14188 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14189 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14190 14191 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14192 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14193 14194 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14195 return NewFD; 14196 } 14197 14198 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14199 assert(FD); 14200 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14201 14202 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14203 return false; 14204 14205 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14206 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14207 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14208 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14209 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14210 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14211 // copy constructors. 14212 14213 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14214 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14215 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14216 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14217 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14218 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14219 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14220 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14221 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14222 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14223 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14224 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14225 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14226 member = CXXDestructor; 14227 14228 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14229 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14230 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14231 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14232 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14233 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14234 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14235 // members unavailable. 14236 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14237 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14238 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14239 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14240 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14241 return false; 14242 } 14243 } 14244 14245 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14246 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14247 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14248 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14249 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14250 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14251 } 14252 } 14253 } 14254 14255 return false; 14256 } 14257 14258 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14259 /// AST enum value. 14260 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14261 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14262 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14263 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14264 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14265 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14266 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14267 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14268 } 14269 } 14270 14271 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14272 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14273 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14274 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14275 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14276 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14277 14278 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14279 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14280 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14281 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14282 14283 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14284 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14285 14286 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14287 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14288 14289 if (BitWidth) { 14290 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14291 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14292 if (!BitWidth) 14293 D.setInvalidType(); 14294 } else { 14295 // Not a bitfield. 14296 14297 // validate II. 14298 14299 } 14300 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14301 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14302 D.setInvalidType(); 14303 } 14304 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14305 // than a variably modified type. 14306 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14308 D.setInvalidType(); 14309 } 14310 14311 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14312 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14313 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14314 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14315 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14316 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14317 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14318 return nullptr; 14319 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14320 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14321 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14322 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14323 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14324 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14325 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14326 } 14327 else 14328 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14329 } else { 14330 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14331 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14332 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14334 return nullptr; 14335 } 14336 } 14337 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14338 } 14339 14340 // Construct the decl. 14341 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14342 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14343 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14344 14345 if (II) { 14346 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14347 ForRedeclaration); 14348 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14349 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14350 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14351 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14352 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14353 } 14354 } 14355 14356 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14357 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14358 14359 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14360 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14361 14362 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14363 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14364 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14365 14366 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14367 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14368 14369 if (II) { 14370 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14371 // these to the interface. 14372 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14373 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14374 } 14375 14376 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14377 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14378 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14379 14380 return NewID; 14381 } 14382 14383 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14384 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14385 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14386 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14387 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14388 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14389 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14390 return; 14391 14392 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14393 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14394 14395 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14396 return; 14397 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14398 if (!ID) { 14399 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14400 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14401 return; 14402 } 14403 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14404 else 14405 return; 14406 } 14407 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14408 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14409 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14410 14411 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14412 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14413 Context.CharTy, 14414 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14415 DeclLoc), 14416 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14417 true); 14418 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14419 } 14420 14421 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14422 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14423 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14424 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14425 14426 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14427 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14428 // it will now change. 14429 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14430 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14431 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14432 default: break; 14433 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14434 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14435 break; 14436 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14437 Context. 14438 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14439 break; 14440 } 14441 } 14442 14443 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14444 14445 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14446 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14447 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14448 if (Record) { 14449 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14450 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14451 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14452 ++NumNamedMembers; 14453 } 14454 } 14455 14456 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14457 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14458 14459 bool ARCErrReported = false; 14460 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14461 i != end; ++i) { 14462 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14463 14464 // Get the type for the field. 14465 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14466 14467 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14468 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14469 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14470 } 14471 14472 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14473 // diagnostics about it. 14474 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14475 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14476 continue; 14477 } 14478 14479 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14480 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14481 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14482 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14483 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14484 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14485 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14486 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14487 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14488 // array. 14489 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14490 // Field declared as a function. 14491 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14492 << FD->getDeclName(); 14493 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14494 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14495 continue; 14496 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14497 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14498 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14499 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14500 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14501 // Flexible array member. 14502 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14503 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14504 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14505 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14506 if (Record->isUnion()) 14507 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14508 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14509 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14510 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14511 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14512 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14513 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14514 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14515 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14516 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14517 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14518 14519 if (DiagID) 14520 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14521 << Record->getTagKind(); 14522 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14523 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14524 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14525 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14526 // of the type. 14527 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14528 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14529 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14530 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14531 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14532 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14533 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14534 14535 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14536 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14537 // 14538 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14539 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14540 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14541 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14542 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14543 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14544 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14545 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14546 continue; 14547 } 14548 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14549 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14550 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14551 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14552 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14553 // Incomplete type 14554 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14555 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14556 continue; 14557 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14558 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14559 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14560 // flexible array member. 14561 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14562 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14563 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14564 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14565 // structures. 14566 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14567 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14568 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14569 else { 14570 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14571 // other structs as an extension. 14572 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14573 << FD->getDeclName(); 14574 } 14575 } 14576 } 14577 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14578 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14579 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14580 AbstractIvarType)) { 14581 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14582 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14583 } 14584 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14585 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14586 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14587 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14588 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14589 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14590 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14591 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14592 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14593 FD->setType(T); 14594 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14595 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14596 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14597 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14598 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14599 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14600 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14601 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14602 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14603 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14604 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14605 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14606 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14607 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14608 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14609 } 14610 } else { 14611 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14612 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14613 } 14614 ARCErrReported = true; 14615 } 14616 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14617 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14618 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14619 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14620 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14621 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14622 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14623 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14624 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14625 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14626 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14627 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14628 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14629 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14630 } 14631 } 14632 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14633 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14634 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14635 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14636 ++NumNamedMembers; 14637 } 14638 14639 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14640 if (Record) { 14641 bool Completed = false; 14642 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14643 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14644 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14645 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14646 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14647 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14648 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14649 } 14650 14651 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14652 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14653 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14654 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14655 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14656 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14657 } 14658 14659 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14660 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14661 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14662 14663 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14664 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14665 // problem now. 14666 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14667 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14668 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14669 14670 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14671 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14672 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14673 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14674 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14675 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14676 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14677 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14678 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14679 continue; 14680 14681 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14682 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14683 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14684 // program is ill-formed. 14685 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14686 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14687 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14688 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14689 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14690 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14691 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14692 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14693 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14694 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14695 14696 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14697 } 14698 } 14699 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14700 Completed = true; 14701 } 14702 } 14703 } 14704 } 14705 14706 if (!Completed) 14707 Record->completeDefinition(); 14708 14709 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14710 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14711 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14712 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14713 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14714 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14715 } 14716 14717 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14718 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14719 14720 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14721 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14722 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14723 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14724 } 14725 14726 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14727 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14728 // compatibility problems. 14729 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14730 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14731 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14732 } else { 14733 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14734 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14735 CheckForZeroSize = 14736 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14737 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14738 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14739 } 14740 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14741 bool ZeroSize = true; 14742 bool IsEmpty = true; 14743 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14744 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14745 E = Record->field_end(); 14746 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14747 IsEmpty = false; 14748 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14749 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14750 ZeroSize = false; 14751 } else { 14752 ++NonBitFields; 14753 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14754 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14755 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14756 ZeroSize = false; 14757 } 14758 } 14759 14760 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14761 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14762 // extern "C" block. 14763 if (ZeroSize) { 14764 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14765 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14766 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14767 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14768 } 14769 14770 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14771 // but are accepted by GCC. 14772 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14773 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14774 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14775 << Record->isUnion(); 14776 } 14777 } 14778 } else { 14779 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14780 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14781 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14782 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14783 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14784 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14785 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14786 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14787 } 14788 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14789 // duplicates. 14790 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14791 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14792 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14793 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14794 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14795 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14796 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14797 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14798 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14799 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14800 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14801 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14802 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14803 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14804 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14805 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14806 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14807 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14808 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14809 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14810 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14811 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14812 if (IDecl) { 14813 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14814 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14815 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14816 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14817 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14818 continue; 14819 } 14820 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14821 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14822 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14823 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14824 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14825 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14826 continue; 14827 } 14828 } 14829 } 14830 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14831 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14832 } 14833 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14834 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14835 } 14836 } 14837 14838 if (Attr) 14839 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14840 } 14841 14842 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14843 /// the given type T. 14844 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14845 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14846 QualType T) { 14847 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14848 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14849 14850 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14851 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14852 --BitWidth; 14853 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14854 } 14855 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14856 } 14857 14858 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14859 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14860 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14861 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14862 // enum checking below. 14863 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14864 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14865 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14866 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14867 }; 14868 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14869 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14870 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14871 }; 14872 14873 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14874 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14875 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14876 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14877 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14878 return Types[I]; 14879 14880 return QualType(); 14881 } 14882 14883 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14884 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14885 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14886 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14887 Expr *Val) { 14888 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14889 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14890 QualType EltTy; 14891 14892 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14893 Val = nullptr; 14894 14895 if (Val) 14896 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14897 14898 if (Val) { 14899 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14900 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14901 else { 14902 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14903 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14904 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14905 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14906 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14907 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14908 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14909 ExprResult Converted = 14910 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14911 CCEK_Enumerator); 14912 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14913 Val = nullptr; 14914 else 14915 Val = Converted.get(); 14916 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14917 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14918 &EnumVal).get())) { 14919 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14920 } else { 14921 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14922 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14923 14924 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14925 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14926 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14927 // expression checking. 14928 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14929 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14930 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14931 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14932 } else 14933 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14934 } else 14935 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14936 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14937 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14938 .get(); 14939 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14940 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14941 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14942 // is the type of its initializing value: 14943 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14944 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14945 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14946 } else { 14947 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14948 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14949 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14950 // representable as an int. 14951 14952 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14953 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14954 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14955 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14956 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14957 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14958 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14959 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14960 } 14961 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14962 } 14963 } 14964 } 14965 } 14966 14967 if (!Val) { 14968 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14969 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14970 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14971 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14972 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14973 // is the type of its initializing value: 14974 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14975 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14976 // 14977 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14978 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14979 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14980 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14981 } 14982 else { 14983 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14984 } 14985 } else { 14986 // Assign the last value + 1. 14987 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14988 ++EnumVal; 14989 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14990 14991 // Check for overflow on increment. 14992 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14993 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14994 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14995 // is the type of its initializing value: 14996 // 14997 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14998 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14999 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15000 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15001 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15002 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15003 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15004 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15005 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15006 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15007 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15008 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15009 ++EnumVal; 15010 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15011 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15012 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15013 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15014 << EltTy; 15015 else 15016 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15017 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15018 } else { 15019 EltTy = T; 15020 } 15021 15022 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15023 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15024 // value, then increment. 15025 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15026 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15027 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15028 ++EnumVal; 15029 15030 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15031 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15032 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15033 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15034 // integral type. 15035 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15036 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15037 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15038 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15039 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15040 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15041 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15042 } 15043 } 15044 } 15045 15046 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15047 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15048 // enumerator's type. 15049 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15050 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15051 } 15052 15053 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15054 Val, EnumVal); 15055 } 15056 15057 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15058 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15059 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15060 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15061 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15062 15063 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15064 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15065 // skip the body. 15066 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15067 ForRedeclaration); 15068 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15069 if (!PrevECD) 15070 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15071 15072 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15073 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15074 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15075 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15076 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15077 return Skip; 15078 } 15079 15080 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15081 } 15082 15083 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15084 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15085 AttributeList *Attr, 15086 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15087 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15088 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15089 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15090 15091 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15092 // we find one that is. 15093 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15094 15095 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15096 // scope. 15097 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15098 ForRedeclaration); 15099 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15100 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15101 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15102 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15103 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15104 } 15105 15106 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15107 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15108 // different from T: 15109 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15110 // enumerated type 15111 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15112 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15113 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15114 15115 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15116 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15117 if (!New) 15118 return nullptr; 15119 15120 if (PrevDecl) { 15121 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15122 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15123 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15124 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15125 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15126 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15127 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15128 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15129 else 15130 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15131 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15132 return nullptr; 15133 } 15134 } 15135 15136 // Process attributes. 15137 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15138 15139 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15140 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15141 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15142 15143 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15144 15145 return New; 15146 } 15147 15148 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15149 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15150 // Element2 = Element1 15151 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15152 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15153 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15154 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15155 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15156 if (!InitExpr) 15157 return true; 15158 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15159 15160 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15161 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15162 return true; 15163 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15164 if (!IL) 15165 return true; 15166 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15167 return true; 15168 15169 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15170 } 15171 15172 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15173 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15174 if (!DRE) 15175 return true; 15176 15177 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15178 if (!EnumConstant) 15179 return true; 15180 15181 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15182 Enum) 15183 return true; 15184 15185 return false; 15186 } 15187 15188 namespace { 15189 struct DupKey { 15190 int64_t val; 15191 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15192 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15193 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15194 }; 15195 15196 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15197 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15198 false); 15199 } 15200 15201 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15202 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15203 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15204 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15205 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15206 } 15207 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15208 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15209 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15210 } 15211 }; 15212 } // end anonymous namespace 15213 15214 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15215 // a previous element has already been set to. 15216 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15217 EnumDecl *Enum, 15218 QualType EnumType) { 15219 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15220 return; 15221 // Avoid anonymous enums 15222 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15223 return; 15224 15225 // Only check for small enums. 15226 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15227 return; 15228 15229 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15230 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15231 15232 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15233 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15234 ValueToVectorMap; 15235 15236 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15237 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15238 15239 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15240 // an initialier. 15241 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15242 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15243 15244 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15245 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15246 if (!ECD) { 15247 return; 15248 } 15249 15250 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15251 continue; 15252 15253 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15254 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15255 15256 // First time encountering this value. 15257 if (Entry.isNull()) 15258 Entry = ECD; 15259 } 15260 15261 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15262 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15263 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15264 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15265 continue; 15266 15267 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15268 15269 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15270 if (Entry.isNull()) 15271 continue; 15272 15273 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15274 // Ensure constants are different. 15275 if (D == ECD) 15276 continue; 15277 15278 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15279 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15280 Vec->push_back(D); 15281 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15282 15283 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15284 Entry = Vec; 15285 15286 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15287 // diagnostics. 15288 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15289 continue; 15290 } 15291 15292 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15293 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15294 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15295 continue; 15296 15297 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15298 } 15299 15300 // Emit diagnostics. 15301 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15302 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15303 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15304 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15305 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15306 15307 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15308 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15309 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15310 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15311 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15312 ++I; 15313 15314 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15315 // the same value. 15316 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15317 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15318 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15319 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15320 delete Vec; 15321 } 15322 } 15323 15324 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15325 bool AllowMask) const { 15326 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 15327 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15328 15329 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15330 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15331 15332 if (R.second) { 15333 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15334 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15335 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15336 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15337 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15338 } 15339 } 15340 15341 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15342 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15343 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15344 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15345 // 15346 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15347 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15348 // likely a logic error. 15349 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15350 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15351 } 15352 15353 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15354 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15355 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15356 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15357 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15358 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15359 15360 if (Attr) 15361 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15362 15363 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15364 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15365 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15366 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15367 if (!ECD) continue; 15368 15369 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15370 } 15371 15372 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15373 return; 15374 } 15375 15376 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15377 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15378 // emit a warning. 15379 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15380 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15381 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15382 15383 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15384 // reverse the list. 15385 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15386 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15387 15388 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15389 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15390 15391 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15392 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15393 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15394 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15395 15396 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15397 15398 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15399 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15400 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15401 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15402 else 15403 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15404 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15405 15406 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15407 if (AllElementsInt) 15408 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15409 } 15410 15411 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15412 QualType BestType; 15413 unsigned BestWidth; 15414 15415 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15416 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15417 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15418 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15419 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15420 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15421 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15422 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15423 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15424 QualType BestPromotionType; 15425 15426 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15427 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15428 // enum definitions. 15429 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15430 Packed = true; 15431 15432 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15433 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15434 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15435 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15436 else 15437 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15438 15439 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15440 } 15441 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15442 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15443 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15444 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15445 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15446 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15447 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15448 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15449 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15450 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15451 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15452 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15453 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15454 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15455 } else { 15456 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15457 15458 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15459 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15460 } else { 15461 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15462 15463 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15464 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15465 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15466 } 15467 } 15468 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15469 } else { 15470 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15471 // all of the enumerator values. 15472 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15473 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15474 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15475 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15476 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15477 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15478 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15479 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15480 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15481 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15482 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15483 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15484 BestPromotionType 15485 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15486 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15487 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15488 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15489 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15490 BestPromotionType 15491 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15492 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15493 } else { 15494 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15495 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15496 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15497 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15498 BestPromotionType 15499 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15500 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15501 } 15502 } 15503 15504 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15505 // the type of the enum if needed. 15506 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15507 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15508 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15509 15510 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15511 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15512 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15513 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15514 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15515 15516 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15517 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15518 15519 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15520 // the enum decl type. 15521 QualType NewTy; 15522 unsigned NewWidth; 15523 bool NewSign; 15524 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15525 !Enum->isFixed() && 15526 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15527 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15528 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15529 NewSign = true; 15530 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15531 // Already the right type! 15532 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15533 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15534 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15535 // enumeration. 15536 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15537 continue; 15538 } else { 15539 NewTy = BestType; 15540 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15541 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15542 } 15543 15544 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15545 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15546 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15547 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15548 15549 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15550 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15551 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15552 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15553 CK_IntegralCast, 15554 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15555 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15556 VK_RValue)); 15557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15558 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15559 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15560 // enumeration. 15561 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15562 else 15563 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15564 } 15565 15566 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15567 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15568 15569 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15570 15571 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15572 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15573 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15574 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15575 15576 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15577 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15578 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15579 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15580 << ECD << Enum; 15581 } 15582 } 15583 15584 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15585 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15586 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15587 } 15588 15589 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15590 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15591 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15592 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15593 15594 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15595 AsmString, StartLoc, 15596 EndLoc); 15597 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15598 return New; 15599 } 15600 15601 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15602 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15603 bool FromInclude = false) { 15604 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15605 15606 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15607 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15608 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15609 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15610 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15611 break; 15612 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15613 break; 15614 } 15615 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15616 } 15617 15618 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15619 DC = DC->getParent(); 15620 15621 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15622 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15623 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15624 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15625 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15626 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15627 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15628 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15629 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15630 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15631 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15632 } 15633 } 15634 15635 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15636 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15637 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15638 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15639 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15640 // module inteface (not a module map). 15641 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15642 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15643 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15644 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15645 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15646 << (unsigned)MDK; 15647 return nullptr; 15648 } 15649 15650 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15651 15652 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15653 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15654 // module matters (eg a #include). 15655 15656 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15657 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15658 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15659 std::string ModuleName; 15660 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15661 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15662 ModuleName += "."; 15663 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15664 } 15665 15666 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15667 // correct. 15668 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15669 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15670 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15671 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15672 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15673 return nullptr; 15674 } 15675 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15676 15677 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15678 15679 switch (MDK) { 15680 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15681 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15682 15683 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15684 // map defining it already. 15685 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15686 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15687 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15688 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15689 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15690 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15691 << FE->getName(); 15692 return nullptr; 15693 } 15694 15695 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15696 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15697 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15698 15699 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15700 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15701 return nullptr; 15702 } 15703 15704 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15705 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15706 return nullptr; 15707 15708 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15709 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15710 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15711 15712 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15713 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15714 return nullptr; 15715 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15716 } 15717 15718 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15719 } 15720 15721 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15722 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15723 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15724 Module *Mod = 15725 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15726 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15727 if (!Mod) 15728 return true; 15729 15730 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15731 15732 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15733 15734 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15735 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15736 // silently ignoring the import. 15737 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15738 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15739 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15740 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15741 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15742 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15743 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15744 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15745 15746 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15747 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15748 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15749 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15750 // We need the length to be consistent. 15751 if (!ModCheck) 15752 break; 15753 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15754 15755 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15756 } 15757 15758 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15759 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15760 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15761 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15762 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15763 TU->addDecl(Import); 15764 return Import; 15765 } 15766 15767 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15768 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15769 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15770 } 15771 15772 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15773 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15774 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15775 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15776 // 15777 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15778 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15779 TUKind == TU_Module && 15780 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15781 15782 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15783 15784 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15785 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15786 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15787 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15788 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15789 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15790 DirectiveLoc); 15791 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15792 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15793 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15794 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15795 } 15796 15797 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15798 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15799 } 15800 15801 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15802 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15803 15804 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15805 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15806 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15807 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15808 15809 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15810 } 15811 15812 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15813 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15814 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15815 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15816 // is now out of date. 15817 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15818 } 15819 15820 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15821 "left the wrong module scope"); 15822 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15823 15824 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15825 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15826 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15827 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15828 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15829 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15830 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15831 } 15832 15833 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15834 Module *Mod) { 15835 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15836 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15837 return; 15838 15839 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15840 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15841 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15842 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15843 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15844 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15845 15846 // Make the module visible. 15847 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15848 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15849 } 15850 15851 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15852 /// (if present). 15853 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15854 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15855 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15856 15857 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15858 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15859 // export keyword. 15860 // 15861 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15862 // export-declaration. 15863 if (D->isExported()) 15864 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15865 15866 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15867 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15868 return D; 15869 } 15870 15871 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15872 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15873 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15874 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15875 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15876 15877 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15878 // anonymous namespace). 15879 15880 PopDeclContext(); 15881 return D; 15882 } 15883 15884 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15885 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15886 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15887 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15888 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15889 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15890 LookupOrdinaryName); 15891 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15892 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15893 15894 // If a declaration that: 15895 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15896 // 2) has external linkage 15897 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15898 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15899 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15900 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15901 else 15902 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15903 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15904 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15905 } else 15906 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15907 } 15908 15909 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15910 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15911 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15912 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15913 15914 if (PrevDecl) { 15915 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15916 } else { 15917 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15918 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15919 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15920 } 15921 } 15922 15923 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15924 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15925 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15926 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15927 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15928 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15929 LookupOrdinaryName); 15930 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15931 15932 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15933 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15934 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15935 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15936 } else { 15937 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15938 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15939 } 15940 } 15941 15942 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15943 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15944 } 15945